Description of the signal function (optional as to allow specialisation in the national domain).
Traction_power_supply : NR Traction power supply
Level_crossing :Level crossing (de-)activation
Common : Line-side non-signalling equipment
The braking distance in metres. de-DE: Regelbremsweg der Strecke, 1000m, 700m or 400m.
True when the andreas cross displays a symbol warning that the railway tracks are electrified. de-DE: Auf dem Andreaskreuz ist ein Blitzfeil anzuordnen (true). Das Attribut entfällt, sofern kein Blitzfeil benötigt wird.
Defines the size of the measurement window for the channel quality measurement.
LC-1610 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OP-0512 - Object references (other data bases)
The angle in degrees between tangent to the track and signal target direction at a distance of 300m or less. it-IT: L'angolo in gradi tra la tangente alla traccia e la direzione del segnale ad una distanza di 300m o meno.
This CablePit is located at the starts/ends of the LinearElements via SpotLocationIntrinsic instances (similar to the CablePit above).
Traction_power_supply : Electrification section
Name of the reference drawing as mentioned on the drawing itself. (German: Regelzeichnungsnummer)
LX system is located via the track crossing.
Resistance per metre per core of the cable in Ohms.
LC-2103 - ODS reflector general attributes
Allocates the traffic sign to a group that can be operated by a single switching action. de-DE: Schaltgruppe
Indicates the use case for which the data were produced. This can distinguish stages that are internal to the data production process (corrections) from the release to external data consumers. Suggested planning types: first digitisation revision due to data base correction revision due to survey data "project target type" would indicate that the release aims to reflect the goal of the project. as-constructed (as-built) de-DE: Planungsart (zB. Bauzustand)
Description of the locked asset if the Asset and State can't inform which asset is being locked. Exemplary use case: a maintenance trolley must be locked in a given place. When the lock is opened, the trolley is being used.
fr-FR: Enclenchement entre postes ou non.
If provided, it must equate to the number of characters in the text string.
Description and extra information of the reference location. E.g. 7,5 m north of catenary post x.y.
Textual description of the position of the housing. Used when the spot location is unknown, irrelevant, or too far away from the track side, e.g. when the housing is situated outside the project area.
The type of decking between and adjacent to the rails. E.g. STrail, tarmac, concrete. nl-NL: wegdektype fr-FR: non renseigné
Point_crossing_derailer : Configuration properties
The measurement error of the speed checking system that (co-)informs the length of the speed checking section. Typically expressed as "2-3%", "<4%", etc. de-DE: Messfehlerbereich.
OP-0106 - Object references (other data bases)
The role of the person who created the annotation. For instance: designer/engineer, checker or approver (NR). Other roles can be specified.
Port number as planned during initial engineering.
True if the blades have an external lock that is mechanically coupled and driven by the point mechanism. False: no lock. If left out, the information isn't relevant. de-DE: Klammerverschluss (information not given to supplier) en-GB: not used because the clamp lock is covered by the mechanism type. fr-FR: Verrou Carter Coussinet se-SE:
OP-1004 - ID Attachment specification track occupancy table
A skirt is a lattice under the barrier boom to prevent trespassing. Only filled when relevant.
Priority of the route to be used for the projected ARS route. This is governed by the overlap that is included in the route. May redund the alternative route information. de-DE: D-Weg-Priorität für die vorgesehene ZL-Fahrstraße, wenn diese aus betrieblichen Gründen gefordert wird. Es ist ein Zahlenwert von 0..4 einzutragen.
OP-1007 - Object references (other data bases)
The ETCS marker inherits the possibility to define: a spot location from where it applies. a distance over which it applies. a direction of application.
Code for extension of basic aspect types.
Coded or textual reason for a given speed. Can be used to complement the speed profile type and/or train category speed restriction.
Statespace : Movable element and position
Taken from a national list. E.g. energy, signalling. For instance, NR uses A2,A3,A4 cable that is well defined and known throughout the industry.
LC-1703 - Object references (other data bases)
LC-2305 - Road traffic sign general attributes
The calculated number of fully stocked LEU systems. This dictates the power consumption calculations. de-DE: Anzahl voll-LEU
nl-NL: Aantal sporen; een kruis per spoor.
Line side device that tests the tripcock on the train.
The upper half, i.e. the last 8 bytes of the MD4 as specified in RFC 1320 with a configurable initial value. Given as a string, e.g. f8 9f 8d 1e 9b 89 c9 8d
Point_crossing_derailer : Movable component taxonomy
Designates the facility or system that is subject to planned changes, e.g. "signalling system" or "interlocking central unit".
Miscellaneous notes or comments about the data source.
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAAAuAQAAqgAAAAAAAQACAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAABAAAAAQABAAAAAQAAAA==
LC-2008 - Object references (other data bases)
Level_crossing : Overview of the level crossing model
Indicates which function is preferred when the balise group is used in different application systems, e.g. a mix of L2 and L1LS (1 is primary function, 2 is secondary function). This ranking must be the same in case the balise group implements two functions in the same application system.
Supplier-specific configuration label of the load file referring to the standardised planning/data prep of the electronic interlocking.
Endpoints A and B exchange information. I.e. status information and life signs.
True: normally open False: normally closed Not given means "other".
Marks the stage in the data-flow life cycle. E.g. first digitisation of as-is quality checked data (first assembly of digital inventory). Insertion of topological nodes to divide-and-rule Version bumping Similar to planningType attribute in project stage meta data. SNCF: not stored in plans because done in the data factory. DB: Planung_G_Art_Besonders
Train_detection : Taxonomy of train passage detectors
True: this display field is visible on the operator's panel. de-DE: Das ZN Anzeigefeld ist auf der Bedienoberfläche sichtbar.
nl-NL: ProRail slaat de waarde van M_VERSION op in de balisegroep.
Professional registration number, asserting the actor's qualification.
The type of balise group that may depend on Level and/or TPS to which it applies, as given by national rules. Left empty when overridden in the national domain. de-DE: Datenpunkttyp, Pflichtangabe.
OP-0111 - ID Attachment planning rules special
True if the balise is switchable, i.e. is controlled. False if the balise is fixed. Note that the balise group can be marked as switchable. This should concur with the use of this attribute. DE: Transparent- oder Festdatenbalise.
Tag for the validity in terms of scope or time span. For instance: construction phase 2, resignalling project, entire lifecycle.
Telegram type, written as two digit string, possibly with leading 0, that must be relayed to another substation. de-DE: Telegramm xx ist durchzureichen, xx ist einer von 02, 03, 04, 10, 21, 30.
LC-1514 - ID Attachment planning rules special
True if the source of power is buffered (UPS - Uninterruptable Power Supply) de-DE: USV Unterbrechungsfreie Stromversorgung.
LC-1501 - LC system speed general attributes
Flank_protection :DB Dual flank protection
OP-0712 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Direction of the alarm. True: the alarm is omnidirectional. False: the alarm is directed.
$diagram:Common configuration properties
Reference chainage (aka kilometrage/mileage), where this group of project stages is centered, or e.g. the largest station in the planning area. E.g. km 125,35 +5,25 (m) en-UK: Engineer's line reference (ELR) de-DE: Strecke-KM auf fuehrender Strecke Note that the planning area location provides the precise machine-readable information.
True: the geo position value is counting up along the ribbon. False: counting down along the ribbon.
The location of the mounting point on the signal drawing grid; x-coordinate.
True if the movable element is equipped to detect trailing. This is a sensor that detects train passage that would trail the point. de-DE: Auffahrortung nl-NL: openrijdetectie fr-FR: détection de passage en talon
Protects the lamp from glare. Only filled when relevant. de-DE: Kontrastblende
LC-2109 - Object references (other data bases)
The release number from the associated signal box.
The authority in charge of building and/or maintaining the road and/or way. Only filled when relevant. en-UK: not recorded (use crossing type instead) nl-NL: ProRail gebruikt aparte tekeningen en gebruikt dit niet. fr-FR: autorité responsable - n'est pas enregistré
<memo>#NOTES# BgABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAAAAAAGABYAAAC3AAAA7QAAAH0AAAAlAAAAMwAAAAAA AQAFAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAgAFAAAAAQAAAAIAAAABAAAA
To store e.g. the supplier designation: "Siemens LC", "EBUET 80". de-DE: e.g. Anrufschranke, BUES2000 it-IT: PL privati nl-NL: AHOB This value may be specialised in the national domain (see e.g. DB domain).
Point_crossing_derailer : Structural decomposition
Support_structures : Civil support structures
Nominal power in Watts that the channel supplies. de-DE: Nennleistung
True if the departure track can be used for reversing. False otherwise. nl-NL: Indicatie of het vertrekspoor ook als keerspoor kan worden gebruikt.
Indicates the ability to command the activation of a TDS component. false: always active true: can be de-/activated
UK: index of the cut section track, e.g. 60G103.1 NL: index van de technische sectie DE: FMA Kaskade Bezeichnung bei technisch notwendiger Unterteilung eines Gleisabschnitts in mehr als einen Freimeldeabschnitt fr-FR: index circuit de voie chainé
Maximum number of entries in the waiting queue deferQueue. Clause 6.6.
Describes the amendment and possibly reason for it. E.g. "approval review meeting".
The number of included strands (single, pair or quad) inside.
Indicates whether the indicator light G is still active. de-DE: Angabe, ob der Leuchtmelder G (Hinweis für den Tf, dass eine Überwachung auf eine niedrigere Geschwindigkeit am nächsten Signal) noch aktiv ist.
Type of lock such as point blade lock point blade clamp HV 73 (DE) articolo 8 (IT) neutralisation, broche, verrou de lévier, agrafe, boulon de calage, griffe (FR) wisselgrendel met Z of KZ-slot (NL)
The locality type according to national rules, e.g. station, stop, junction, cross-over. de-DE: Art der Örtlichkeit.
Key that identifies the record in the source.
de-DE: Bezeichnung_Lageplan_Kurz Kurze Bezeichnung eines bedienbaren Elements im Lageplan. Die Bezeichnung besteht i. d. R. ausschließlich aus dem Örtlichen Elementbezeichner.
LC-2337 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
True: EMC interference is likely such that additional protective galvanic separation is needed. False: no extra protective measures needed.
Detects obstacles between barriers. Normally only used for full barriers. The true/false value is only filled when it makes sense given the protection type of level crossing.
LC-1413 - Object references (other data bases)
Can inform about on or off the rail. trailable.
Describes the object and circumstances that obstruct the view.
LC-0610 - LC closed time train approaching
Point_crossing_derailer : Movable systems taxonomy
OP-0408 - Object references (other data bases)
True if this is a Permanent Speed Restriction beacon. False otherwise.
Description of the type of overlap: booster, auto, traction mounted auxiliary, normally open/closed switch. Used for assessing where to place signals to minimise the risk of trains stopping in the overlap.
Object_controller : Controlled track assets
True if this balise group telegram is customised, i.e. not available in the standard catalogue. If the attribute is false or isn't provided, the telegram is standard. de-DE: individuelle Programmierung.
The block is equipped for X/G operation. nl-NL: de vrije baan is met een X/G schakeling uitgerust.
True if the source of the power is the primary power. False otherwise.
True: send the telegram when TPS device or system is active. False: send the telegram when TPS device or system is not active.
True: this ordered sequence of track circuits is monitored.
General description of the AWS configuration.
OP-0323 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
States whether a walkway is provided (details such as length or width); can be N/A.
de-DE: Fahrwegteil ist Teil einer Umfahrstraße.
Number of external blade position detectors. This excludes detectors inside the drive mechanism. Not given when attribute hasExternalDetectors is false.
The number of the the ETCS packet according to subset 026-7.
true: cable feeds signal de-DE: Einspeisung false: cable receives signal de-DE: Ausspeisung
Type of the value shown: UK: quarter-mile, half-mile. Continent: kilometre, metre, hectometre.
Used for special objects like banner or co-acting signals.
Modem used for the Train Describer bus and not yet in the enum-list. de-DE: Modem, welches die Verbindung zwischen ZN Unterstation und ZLV-Bus für die Datenkommunikation herstellt. Je ZLV-Bus ist nur eine Modembauart zulässig.
Number of mechanisms that drive the turnout. Note that the number of drives should match the number of drive instances.
Optional designation of an information field; used for digital balises when there is a need to distinguish two information fields that have the same function.
Train_protection :NR Train protection devices
The number of the cable bridge, if used.
kept on the basis of telco 7.10.19. Probably retained because some IM's may need it.
When true, the route locking may be released by the signaller.
True when the RBC doesn't announce the exit from Level 2. False if the RBC announces the transition. Left out if the distinction isn't made. de-DE: harter Ausstieg. nl-NL: niet gebruikt.
The number of cars in the trains for this traffic flow.
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,c.Connector_Type as CLASSTYPE ,c.Connector_Type as "Connector Type" ,source_object."NAME" as "From Object" ,source_object.OBJECT_TYPE as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "To Object" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" FROM T_CONNECTOR c INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = START_OBJECT_ID INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = END_OBJECT_ID WHERE c.CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Association' AND c.DESTCARD IS NULL AND NOT source_object.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Object'"> BgABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAAGABYAAABjAAAArAAAAFAAAAB5AAAATgAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEAAAAAAA==
The maximal power in Watt that the equipment in this housing can consume.
True if the light signal accepts a command from the interlocking to switch on the aspect dedicated to ETCS-guided trains.
True: the train ignores this speed limit because the train category has a max speed lower than the speed given by the balise. False: the train must respect the speed limit given by the balise. fr-FR: "Vitesse Train" => VT
The yaw of the lamp on the component for SSiFT integration.
Train_describer : DB Telegram assignment
True if this section is part of a berthing track, i.e. track where trains may halt and change direction. Typically, an Interlocking assures that trains progress from section to section in an ordered sequence (aka. two/three phase release). This check would fail when a train changes direction. If this attribute is true, the interlocking does not carry out this check for this section.
To identify a specific variant out of different shapings within the reference drawing.
LC-2309 - Road traffic sign andreas cross
Describes or names the area, e.g. tunnel or bridge, that is the reason for this prohibition.
Used for grouping signals to facilitate communicating to the RBC. de-DE: Zuordnung zu einer Gruppe, um im Falle einer Rechnerstörung im ESTW dem RBC die gestörten Elemente einfach übertragen zu können. Siehe Ril 819.1344 4 (36). Die Angabe entfällt ggf. zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt.
Configures whether to monitor the RFC for FC-P and FC-P-A (Source: Eu.Doc.43).
LC-1807 - Object references (other data bases)
Introduction to EULYNX Data Prep : Building a model railway with RSM
Name of the Original Equipment Manufacturer, e.g. CAF, Thales, Alstom, Siemens.
Describes the type of level crossing controller. Only given when not a EULYNX controller.
Maps to ETCS variable M_VERSION in the applicable ETCS baseline.
LC-1608 - Basic object general attributes
The designation of the planning stage. Typically describes the goal of this individual stage.
The project number used for accounting purposes. Represented by a string so it can be composed of several numbers.
True: re-transmit the telegram when stepping. Otherwise, omit this attribute. de-DE: Wahr: bei Fortschaltung wird die Sendung des Telegramms wiederholt.
The maximum traction current in Amperes that a train can draw.
LC-1404 - LC system road general attributes
Object_controller :Control and power relation
Description of the meaning of the message as a string.
True: this TDS allows keying in the train identity strings of trains that enter the TrDr system. Always true for Network Rail. de-DE: Anlage zur Einwahl von Zugnummern
The number of trains past the point in the specified direction per day.
Flank_protection : Proving flank protection
Classes without tracing (no linked requirement)
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAABwAQAAiwAAAAAAAQACAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAABAAAAAAA=
Indicates whether a (neutral) line is present. true: the pantograph must be lowered. false: no need to lower the pantograph.
Train_detection : Overview of the train detection model
True if the device is covered. False otherwise.
Voltage with which core against core resistance against short circuiting is tested.
OP-0708 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
OP-0314 - Operating area general attributes
True if the aspect is fixed so the trackside cannot modify the aspect. False if interlocking or other trackside system can modify the aspect. For instance, a lamp switches off after a given delay.
True when also the frog is clamped and locked. Alternatively, create a separate frog lock
Signals are configured base objects and by this virtue inherit a link to attachments. One such attachment can be a NR platform starting signal sketch. This sketch indicates that dispatching staff at the platform see the start signal.
The balise group type as defined in engineering rule set 819.1344. This links to the packets that carry the balise message.
Project_management : Stages and stage groups
Position in group of the individual AWS magnet. Increases in the track chainage direction from 1 onwards.
OP-0515 - Basic object general attributes
True: the operator can control the display field. de-DE: Das Anzeigefeld ist auf der Bedienoberfläche bedienbar
True: the active aspect set is the most restrictive that the signal shows: when not controlled by the interlocking, e.g. in case of failed communication between interlocking and signal controller. during system start. False: degrade to the given set of active aspects.
OP-0409 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
True when the sign is fitted with an adjustable bearing that allows orienting the lights. Only given when relevant. de-DE: verstellbarer Tragkopf
True: the key is held by entitled staff. False: not used - don't use this attribute.
Project_management : Planning correction
True if there's a movable overhead line, over a point or crossing (needed for checking the route conditions). nl-NL: Een indicatie of een beweegbaar bovenleidingkruis in de route is opgenomen.
LC-2114 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Point_crossing_derailer : Foul track control
4: 4-quad stranded 2: twisted pair 1: all cores are twisted
ETCS : LEU inputs, housing, power and location
Designation of the group of planning stages, expressing the intent of the grouping, e.g. "stages resignalling design by ACME signalisation ferroviaire S.A."
True: one treadle mounted on one rail (which rail is implied in the spot location) False: two treadles mounted on both rails
OP-0812 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Conventionally, these are paper plans, tables and text documents in a national format. EULYNX DataPrep replaces all these by a data file suited for Machine-to-Machine communication. M2M reduces the number of errors due to data ingestion and supports agile engineering.
True: the release speed is calculated automatically. False: the allowed train category speed provides the release speed.
IP-address of the present substation on the TCS-bus to which this sub-station is a gateway. de-DE: IP-Adresse COM-Server
Designates the subsystem that is subject to planned changes, e.g. decentral interlocking.
OP-0310 - ID Attachment connection intergity area 2
ETCS : Conditional Emergency Stop marker
Instructions for special mountings such as a cantilever construction. de-DE: Angaben zur besonderen Montage, z. B. für horizontale Befestigung am Peitschenmastausleger.
Has a battery that can report health status. de-DE: Ladefernüberwachungimpuls
Indicates that the activation of this aspect is monitored by the interlocking. de-DE: Angabe, ob die Anschaltung von Zs 2 zu überwachen ist (true) oder nicht (false). Die Angabe erfolgt nur für den Signalbegriff Zs 2.
Introduction to EULYNX Data Prep : Requirement management
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,c.Connector_Type as CLASSTYPE ,c.Connector_Type as "Connector Type" ,source_object."NAME" as "From Object" ,source_object.OBJECT_TYPE as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "To Object" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" FROM T_CONNECTOR c INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = START_OBJECT_ID INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = END_OBJECT_ID WHERE c.CONNECTOR_ID NOT IN (SELECT CONNECTORID FROM T_DIAGRAMLINKS) and c.Connector_Type NOT IN ('Realisation', 'Generalization')"> BgABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAAGABcAAABiAAAACgEAAIsAAAAlAQAAZQAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEAAAABAAUAAAABAAAA
Connectors between elements (except Realisation and Generalization) that are not shown on any diagram.
Human-readable designation of a project stage that was the basis for this correction. This may be an external file not delivered in the present file.
NR identified the need to suppress given TPWS OSS when points are in a given position.
Station identifier, disambiguates the substation's name when there's a risk of duplicate station address numbers. de-DE: Bf_Kennung, Angabe der Bahnhofskennung. In BZ-Bereichen kann die Vergabe von gleichen Bahnhofsadressen nicht ausgeschlossen werden. Ganzzahl im Bereich [0..4]
Train_protection : TP system and devices
Station number for identification on the TCS-bus. de-DE: Bf_Nr Angabe der Bahnhofsadresse zur eindeutigen Identifikation einer Betriebsstelle. Zur eindeutigen Identifikation einer Betriebsstelle auf dem ZLV-Bus ist eine Bahnhofsadresse festzulegen.
The designation of the project. E.g. ETCS resignalling yard Euville-la-Jolie. en-UK: project or scheme
The unit or department within the organisation.
In case of fallback in case of test failure sequential migration
Power_supply_traction : Electrification section
The type of correction, indicating the severity of the change. This acts as a hint to the kind of attention that V&V should pay. de-DE: Änderungsmitteilung
OP-0805 - ID Attachment specification operating surface
True when the beam is oriented like the linear element. False when the beam is oriented in reverse direction with respect to the linear element. Note that this can also be expressed by the angle. de-DE: Ausrichtung
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.EA_GUID as CLASSGUID ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as CLASSTYPE ,source_object."NAME" as "Source" ,source_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "Target" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" ,"DIRECTION" ,"CONNECTOR_TYPE" ,"SOURCEROLE" ,"DESTROLE" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN t_object as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = c.START_OBJECT_ID JOIN t_object as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = c.END_OBJECT_ID WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Aggregation' AND DESTISAGGREGATE != 2"> CQABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAAJABYAAAChAAAAUgAAAH4A AABPAAAAdgAAAHgAAAB/AAAASAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEAAAAA AA==
The discipline is the specialism, or subject matter, to which the data set is most relevant, e.g. survey data (geodata, alignment), interlocking, ETCS, signal sighting, train describer, level crossing. A general data release can be tagged "signalling". de-DE: Untergewerk
de-DE: Sonstige Angabe des Balisenstandortes, sofern nicht übereinstimmend mit Standortangabe_Balisenschild. Beispiele: "60W32L", "BGRU 023" (= Berlin-Grunewald Nr. 23).
LC-2324 - Road traffic sign blocking distance additional traffic light
Signal : How to deal with national variations
The name of the file or an Uniform Resource Indicator (uri), reference to a document in a data base. The file name may include the extension and relative path.
The hot strip indicates the direction of the focus of the light beam and is given in terms like "left upper quadrant (LUQ)" or "5 o'clock ".
The region that governs the set of IP- addresses that may be used. Not given if irrelevant. de-DE: Regionalbereich wo sich der Controller befindet.
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAABjAQAAiQAAAAMAAAAAAAEAAAACAAAAAQACAAAAngMAAJ8B AAAeBAAAEgIAAAAAAAABAAAAAQACAAAAAQAAAA==
Position of the balise in the group. Ranges from A to E. A for first, E for fifth in group.
True if this station number is leading for identifying the TrDr substation. de-DE: Angabe der maßgebenden Bahnhofsnummer der ZN Unterstation. Das Attribut wird nur für diejenige Bahnhofsnummer befüllt, welche für die Kommunikation der ZN_Unterstation mit dem ZLV Bus maßgebend ist. In allen übrigen Fällen wird das Attribut nicht befüllt
Plug that masks selected level crossing activations. I.e. the level crossing isn't activated for a given track in case of engineering activities. True when the plug is present, not given otherwise. de-DE: Ein Sensor- bzw. EGL-Ersatzstecker der die Gleisschaltmittel zur Einschaltung des BÜ für dieses BÜ-Gleis außer Betrieb setzt und damit eine Einschaltung des BÜ verhindert (z. B. für Baugleis). Das Attribut kann nur den Wert "true" annehmen.
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT source_object.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,source_object.Object_type as CLASSTYPE ,source_object."NAME" as Source_Object ,source_object.OBJECT_TYPE as Source_Type ,target_object."NAME" as Target_Object ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as Target_Type ,"CONNECTOR_ID" ,c."NAME" ,"DIRECTION" ,"CONNECTOR_TYPE" ,"SUBTYPE" ,"START_OBJECT_ID" ,"END_OBJECT_ID" ,"DESTISAGGREGATE" ,c."EA_GUID" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN T_OBJECT as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = START_OBJECT_ID JOIN T_OBJECT as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = END_OBJECT_ID WHERE ( target_object.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Requirement' OR source_object.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Requirement' ) and NOT ( (CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Realisation' and source_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Requirement') or (CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Dependency' and source_object.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Requirement') )"> DgABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAA AQAAAA4AFgAAANkAAABdAAAA2AAAAFoAAABpAAAAOgAAAHYAAAB4AAAAQQAAAHAAAABmAAAA dgAAAPAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAA=
Unallowed relations from and to requirements * only Realisations are allowed (from class to requirement) * but there are also unallowed links from and to Issues and Notes, from REQ to REQ, to Classes and Enumerations
Point_crossing_derailer : Point position indicators
True: the crossing has technical protection. False otherwise. de-DE: Resi (true) oder nicht-technisch gesichterter (Ntg) Reisendenübergang (false).
The mileage or kilometre value written on the milepost
The transition takes place before the train has reached the first signal in the accepting RBC area. de-DE: Bei Einstieg ohne bekanntes rückwertiges Signal ist hier kein Signal vorgegeben. nl-NL: niet gebruikt want er is altijd een sein bij de transitie. en-UK: can occur in case of transitioning out of sidings.
In case a repeater is needed, the distance in meter to the banner repeater signal. Otherwise the value NO is given (hence the use of type string).
True: the key is normally in. False: the key is normally out.
OP-0413 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-2323 - Road traffic sign blocking distance
de-DE: FÜ-Schaltfall Schaltfall 2 Schaltfall 12
The colour of the label for the traffic flow in eight-character hexadecimal ARGB format.
Indicates whether the local operator has full control (true, default) or not (false) over the asset when the local operating zone is active. Applies only to signal, point and derailer. de-DE: freie Stellbarkeit
Automatic_route_setting : Overview of the ARS model
Peak capacity. fr-FR: n'est pas utilisé.
The quality of the data. This is given as free text, as various systems may be used to describe the quality, e.g. precision and reliability quantification of survey data.
OP-0807 - Object references (other data bases)
Informs about limited clearance at the phones location.
OP-0109 - Basic object general attributes
The percentage passenger loading for the traffic flow (percentages above 100 are allowable).
States whether this signal has GSM radio coverage.
Type of point that governs the supervising function, one of {1,2,3} de-DE: Punktart des GNT-Fachtelegramms, die dessen (Überwachungs-)Funktion bestimmt.
The string of characters encoded in the iteration of X_TEXT.
Acquire the current situation in terms of valid as-built data. This is a carve-out of the railway and notably signalling assets.
Short (abbreviated) name, i.e. limited number of letters/digits.
The subversion of subset-026-7. E.g. Maintenance Release 1.
True when the evaluator reports alarms. False otherwise. Not informed when irrelevant.
Version of the tool that generated the EULYNX DP data set. It is highly recommended that this attribute trace back correctly to the tool version because it allows tracing errors to the production environment which may be highly volatile. Alternatively, a hand-edited file can state "manual production".
TVP : Train detection based trigger functions
When true, this is the primary platform access. Otherwise, secondary access.
Index of the balise group if more than one balise group protect a given referenced point. de-DE: Laufende Nummer wenn zu einem betrieblichen Bezugspunkt mehrere Datenpunkte des gleichen Typs gehören.
If true, the cut-section vacancy statuses are assessed and reported to the interlocking individually. If false, the interlocking receives the lumped vacant/occupied status of all cut-sections. Only used in combination with cascaded, or cut sections. DE: Einzelauswertung vorgesehen
An entry in the national signal book or EULYNX regulation, describing the meaning, colour, shape, etc. that define the aspect. For instance: "Zs 3"
Unnamed Associations and Aggregations (including Compositions)
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.EA_GUID AS CLASSGUID ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as CLASSTYPE ,source_object."NAME" as "Source" ,source_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "Target" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" ,"DIRECTION" ,"CONNECTOR_TYPE" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN t_object as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = c.START_OBJECT_ID JOIN t_object as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = c.END_OBJECT_ID WHERE SOURCEROLE IS NULL AND DESTROLE IS NULL AND CONNECTOR_TYPE IN ( 'Association' ,'Aggregation' ) AND source_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object' AND target_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object'"/>
de-DE: Bezeichnung_Lageplan_Lang. Kurze Bezeichnung eines bedienbaren Elements im Lageplan. Die Bezeichnung besteht i. d. R. ausschließlich aus dem Örtlichen Elementbezeichner (siehe Bildung der Bezeichnungen).
nl-NL: Een indicatie of de route met een Stoptonend Sein instelbaar is.
The technology of the controller, e.g. digital, electronic, cloud, geographical, tabular, lever, relay, mechanical, pushbutton. de-DE: Ein FEAK für ein Signal ist abzubilden als SignalController mit Attribut technology= "digital".
Identifies a release, i.e. an incremental modification, for a planning stage. String format allows for the release number to have a leading zero digit.
Name of the structure gauge. e.g. S-Bahn Berlin, GC in Germany or PVR-GC in NL.
Functional_model : Subordinated and co-acting signals
Name of the asset management system, database or process at the origin of the data. E.g. SAP, GIS, InfraAtlas, Ariane, site survey.
OP-0513 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Use this attribute when the stepping criterion is "other" or to add information to the stepping criterion selected from the enumeration. de-DE: Angabe von besonderen Fortschaltkriterien für die Zugnummernfortschaltung als Kommentar. Die Angabe kann auch in Verbindung mit dem Attribut ZN Schaltkriterium erfolgen; z. B. positive Stellbarkeitsprüfung Signal xy.
The name that is shortened, e.g. to fit into document placeholders. de-DE: Nachname des Akteurs, beschränkt auf 10 Zeichen
Describes the asset that must be in the given state for the condition to be active.
The aspect has an implicit direction indication. E.g. a german driver can derive from Zs3 speed indication the direction of the route on grounds of local knowledge (e.g. high speed to Berlin, low speed to Leipzig). This helps the designer to decide whether an explicit direction indicator is needed. Not filled when the signal has explicit direction indication (NR case)
True: the ARS route accepts a trigger from a TPS system. de-DE: Der Anstoß aus einem Zugbeeinflussungssystem (ETCS, LZB) ist möglich
True: the ARS system is configured to check for deadlocks. de-DE: In der Zuglenkung ist eine Deadlockprüfung (DLP) zu projektieren
True: a speed-measuring system activates the level crossing. This allows matching the activation delay to the speed of the approaching train. False: no speed measure Left out if irrelevant.
Resistance of the track bed of the section (Ohm per km). Given if the train detection technology is a track circuit. Can be used when calculating the maximum length of the track circuit. de-DE: Bettungswiderstand
Point_crossing_derailer : Crossing diamond and speeds
Names the status of the planning phase that was achieved. Suggested names, to be tailored to national rules: initial creation quality checked formally checked technically reviewed approved for construction approved in principle
Indicates that at the end of the route, the train receives a shunting mode profile.
Point_crossing_derailer : Functional view
Double-click the Business Process to show the Process Diagram The first release will have version number 1.0. During the development there will be a period of rapid changes. It is not sensible to have a formal change control process in place during this period due to the dynamic development. Once the development becomes more stable, the cluster leader and the CMB should define the point when the specifications are ready for a baseline release. From this moment, all further changes are subject to the formal CCM process according to [EULYNX CM]
True: this release is for information only, e.g. for the purpose of resource allocation before the stage starts. False: this release is part of the formal design process.
To be specialised in national domains or refined at a later stage.
Description of the train selection property, e.g. stop non-ETCS train or allow only Paris-bound train.
The stopping point applies to trains with this number of cars. If not given, this number of cars is irrelevant. The stopping point can be instantiated more than once. E.g. once for 2 and once for 4 cars.
Level_crossing : Level crossing (de-)activation
Remarks such as "train sub-category is not subject to speed control". FR: observations, tel que "sous-catégorie de train non contrôlée en vitesse => non KV".
LC-1908 - Object references (other data bases)
If preferred=true: the given position is the preferred position (the position to which the movable element returns when no longer claimed by a route). If this attribute isn't given, then there is no preferred position.
This boolean modifies of the message. True: the signalling system ascertains danger beyond the signal: the stop must be respected. False: a failure prevents the signalling system from asserting danger beyond the signal. Typically, the driver may then proceed with caution and permission given by the signaller.
LC-1512 - Basic object general attributes
Maximum sustainable operational voltage.
OP-0707 - Object references (other data bases)
Reference to the previous planning stage, if available, on which the current data release is based. Textual reference such as "Planning stage 02.03, removal point W12". Can be used as alternative or complement to a UUID reference.
LC-2336 - Object references (other data bases)
OP-0507 - ID Attachment furniture ground plan
Project_management : Project stage meta-data
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAAAAAQAAjAMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEA AAACAAAAAAABAAAAAQAAAP////8=
LC-1510 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Short description of particularities of the data generation process that can't be captured otherwise. Specific information can be added as an attachment to the configuration properties under this item. E.g. generated by tool identified by tool/version x.y according to process yz and amended manually.
OP-0401 - ID Attachment operating room plan
LC-2219 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The level crossing is kept closed even when a short train has stopped at the platform and cleared the level crossing.
LC-2204 - Barrier mechanism barrier beam
The activation is delayed when a train stops at the platform (planned stopping train as opposed to passing train). If irrelevant, this attribute can be left out.
The type of the balise group as described in engineering rules. This points to a message and the packets that carry the message.
Information given when balise mounting is special or exceptional. e.g. reinforced concrete sleeper, no drilling allowed, type of special fixing device needed, e.g. Vortok
Bottom level: control modules (EULYNX or other)
The document content given as a blob of bytes typically in Base64 encoding.
OP-0908 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Allows stating the subsystem for which the addresses are reserved. E.g. MDM, ancillary equipment. In early design one can state placeholders for subsystems that will be defined later, e.g. RBC. Not provided if irrelevant.
LC-2341 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Represents the order in which the zones are given/taken. Only applies to zones that can be subordinated to another zone.
True if the barrier are automatically controlled. False if the barriers are manually operated. Automatic control means that train approach triggers barriers closing. Some systems allow disabling the automatic function. These are classified as manually operated crossings (NR).
nl-NL: Een indicatie dat de verhindering voor rijweginstelling van het beginsein van de route met een Extra Bediening genegeerd moet worden.
Level_crossing :DB Level crossing traffic planning
Number of physical transport channels (clause 6.1). Default is 2.
A field to hold any comment or miscellaneous information.
<memo>#NOTES# BQABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAUAFgAAAPAAAABKAAAAzAAAAIsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAQACAAAA/////w==
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,c.Connector_Type as CLASSTYPE ,c.Connector_Type as "Connector Type" ,source_object."NAME" as "From Object" ,source_object.OBJECT_TYPE as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "To Object" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" FROM T_CONNECTOR c INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = START_OBJECT_ID INNER JOIN T_OBJECT as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = END_OBJECT_ID WHERE c.CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Aggregation' AND c.SOURCECARD IS NULL AND NOT source_object.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Object'"> BgABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAAGABYAAABjAAAApQAAAFAAAAC8AAAATgAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEAAAAAAA==
Description of the position of the telephone in relation to the associated signal (distance, offset from track).
Substation number on the present TrDr-bus. de-DE: Angabe der Unterstationsnummer auf diesem ZLV-Bus.
LC-1509 - Object references (other data bases)
True, if flank protection is given by signal and this signal must not be the exit of a shunting route.
Packaging : Packaging and intra-DP imports
$diagram:SNCF Opposing route locking - Overview
The MIME type of the content. See: https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml
The name of the Time Frame, e.g. the project phase.
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAAAgAQAAqgAAAAAAAQACAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAABAAAAAAA=
REQs that are linked to PlaceholderForPostponedReqs
OP-0910 - Basic object general attributes
Tech note that an extra signal must be closed when the level crossing safety level is deemed insufficient. de-DE: störhaltHaltfall. Haltfall des vor einem FÜ-BÜ liegenden Signals, wenn dieser gestört ist.
True if the point or crossing has a swing nose. Crossings have a switched diamond, equating to two swing noses with no point.
Describes background features that may contribute to the risk of confusion.
true: information works in the normal direction. false: works in reverse direction. Normal/reverse refers to the orientation of the balise group.
Identity string of the present sub-station on the TCS-bus. de-DE: KUs-Kennung auf ZBS
The number of times that the ARS system attempts to call a route. de-DE: Anzahl erneuter Stellversuche nach negativer Stw-Quittung im Warteintervall von Standard 3-5 s nach positiver Stellbarkeitsprüfung der ZL.
The maximum packetization factor states how many messages of one user may at maximum be combined to form a message of the safety and retransmission layer.
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT o.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,o.Object_type as CLASSTYPE ,o.Name as ReqName ,p.Name as Cluster FROM T_OBJECT o INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p USING (PACKAGE_ID) INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p1 ON p1.PACKAGE_ID = p.PARENT_ID INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p2 ON p2.PACKAGE_ID = p1.PARENT_ID WHERE o.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Requirement' and o.OBJECT_ID IN ( SELECT END_OBJECT_ID FROM t_connector WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Realisation' ) and p2.Name = 'EULYNX cluster requirements'"/>
True when this level crossing has barriers stopping road-traffic. False otherwise. Should match the protection type attribute of the level crossing.
LC-2213 - Barrier mechanism general attributes
OP-0901 - Operating surface screen general attributes
LC-2009 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Balise telegram transmission direction is always 1 (up: track to train).
True if this level crossing has visible or audible warning for road-traffic. False otherwise. Should match the protection type attribute of the level crossing.
Description of the geographic zone under planning. Typically indicates that the present group of project stages applies to a section of a larger project E.g "section Dresden Hbf - Dresden Neustadt" (which is part of the larger project Dresden - Leipzig) DE: Bauabschnitt
The maximum duration during which this channel may not provide power.
Misdirected Associations (Destination --> Source)
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.EA_GUID as CLASSGUID ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as CLASSTYPE ,source_object."NAME" as "Source" ,source_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "Target" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" ,"DIRECTION" ,"CONNECTOR_TYPE" ,"SOURCEROLE" ,"DESTROLE" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN t_object as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = c.START_OBJECT_ID JOIN t_object as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = c.END_OBJECT_ID WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Association' AND DIRECTION = 'Destination -> Source' AND source_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object' AND target_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object'"> CQABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAAJABYAAABbAAAAUAAAAEEA AABOAAAAdAAAAHEAAAByAAAARwAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEAAAABAAUA AAABAAAA
OP-0325 - Basic object general attributes
Coefficient of friction for the track section.
The official full name as provided by the actor. de-DE: Nachname
$XREFPROP=$XID={9C1D0D1E-4953-4b95-B0C6-10F0A16A5C12}$XID;$NAM=CustomProperties$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@PROP=@NAME=isLeaf@ENDNAME;@TYPE=Boolean@ENDTYPE;@VALU=0@ENDVALU;@PRMT=@ENDPRMT;@ENDPROP;$DES;$CLT={910D30BD-3743-4f63-81B9-CCF9FCE2C88C}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
true if the aspect flashes nl-NL: waar als het een knipperend aspect betreft.
OP-0501 - Operating desk general attributes
LC-1704 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Coding of the route in terms of number of digits. de-DE: Stellen der Lenkziffern. Die Angabe ist notwendig, wenn die ZN bereits vorhanden ist und nicht neu geplant wird. Zulässige Werte: 0 (default) oder 1.
States whether hand-signalling is allowed; can be N/A.
Type of insulation needed for equipment like stretcher bars in case the point or crossing is in an area with track circuits.
Indicates whether the system is switchable, e.g. a transparent balise group. Note: this information should concur with the "track asset is controlled by" and the "balise is switchable" attributes.
LC-2218 - Object references (other data bases)
True when this installation is temporary, e.g. during construction phase. False otherwise.
Name of the street, road or path that crosses the railway tracks.
Point_crossing_derailer :Topology and location
Abridged name of the locality according to national rules and code lists.
Version and/or name of the registry of speeds that governed the engineering. Alternatively, this information can be provided in an attachment. nl-NL: naam en versie van OS-blad
Cascaded sign ahead of the main traffic sign. de-DE: vorgeschaltet; Pflichtangabe nl-NL: geelknipperende PAG Pre-Approach siGnal
Ingest the as-built information to update the IM's asset management system. Data that respect the EULYNX DP model facilitate this activity. Maintenance based on up-to-date information is less likely to suffer from errors.
The concrete slab to which the rails are affixed is supported by a flexible layer that attenuates elastic waves. Need not to be filled in if irrelevant to signalling or unknown.
Statespace : Compound logical object state
True if an acoustic warning sounds when a train approaches on the block. de-DE: Vorblockwecker (Pflichtangabe)
LC-2339 - Basic object general attributes
Additional description of the NTC not provided by NID_NTC such as the specifiers EG or NG in ATB where ATB has NID_NTC=1 but 'EG' or 'NG' aren't in the NID_NTC list.
Discipline, subject matter, e.g. interlocking, geo-information, ETCS, etc. This supports the compartmentalising and sequencing signalling design, typically 1. GEO layout 2. IL engineering 3. signal positioning and sighting 4. ETCS engineering A responsible designer can sign for the compartment of the engineering work under his responsibility, Mr. S. Signaller signed off for his discipline, IL engineering, only.
packaging the deliverables and compute checksum
The maximum number of seconds during which a loss of external power has to be bridged.
When true, which rail has the joint is determined by the spot location's lateral side (left/right/both).
Project_management : Overview of the Project Management model
Control character, one of {2,4}. Used to modulate when the new speed is given (2) or applies (4) after the given length. de-DE: Steuerzeichen.
update UML, link requirements, link to CR, quality control
True if this signal is inside the ETCS L2 area and can be used for Level 2 Start of Mission. de-DE: Angabe, ob das Signal als Einstiegssignal innerhalb des L2-Bereichs zulässig ist (true) oder nicht (false).
If true, the signaller can override the proven clear condition. If false, the signaller cannot override the condition and the IL will refuse to open the signal.
Description of the condition under which the changed condition is valid. E.g. a time-window, high wind, or detected track side sensor.
Describes the triggering action, e.g. "Activate the level crossing at km x.y". The description is subject to national rules and regulations.
fr-FR: bande de fréquences (V1F1, V1F2, V2F1, V2F2). en-UK: channel x or frequency.
OP-0810 - Basic object general attributes
OP-1307 - Reserved IP adress block grey V4
fr-FR: NCP (Ne Circule Pas) True: this train category does not exist on this line. False: this train category is allowed on the line.
OP-1306 - Reserved IP adress block blue V6
ID used to sub-group the point/crossing and to facilitate communicating to the RBC that in case of a IL failure, a given group of points/crossings has failed.
LC-2110 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
OP-0808 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
True when the protected position is the preferred i.e. protected at rest. False: level crossing doesn't protect road users.
String describing the type as required by regulated naming conventions. This string s for information only and should not be parsed for further processing. Can include information such as tangent. For instance de-DE: "EW 60 - 1200 - 1:18,5 - fb; Kr 54 - 1:18,5; DKW 49 - 190 - 1:9".
The lower half, i.e. the first 8 bytes of the MD4 as specified in RFC 1320 with a configurable initial value. Given as a string, e.g. 83 f0 d0 52 40 6b f4 92
Encoding of the key bit. DE: Schlüsselbartform (one letter) FR: e.g. digit-letter-digit combination
The type of traffic flow (e.g. freight trains, high speed passenger trains).
True: there is a counterweight. Only filled when relevant. de-DE: Ausgleichsgewicht
Sein nr afbeelden op SimpleDesignation.name. Dit is een eigenschap van signal message.
Name of the tool that generated the EULYNX DP data set.
<memo>#NOTES# CAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAgAGgAAACoBAADlAAAARgAAAFwA AABJAAAASAAAAEcAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAA=
Should be the same number/count/amount as in All attributes.
The number of trains past the point in the specified direction per peak hour.
Geometry : Horizontal and vertical alignment
OP-0312 - ID Attachment operating area overview
Maximum number of messages which the communication party may send without receiving a confirmation. This value is exchanged when the connection between the two communication parties is established and can be interpreted as the minimum size of the receive buffer.
Index number identifying the type of balise group. de-DE: laufende Nummer des Datenpunkttyps.
LC-1606 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Describes the type of equipment; CH for Point Crank Handle, PH for Pump Handle.
Describes the state of the given asset for the condition to be active.
OP-0411 - Basic object general attributes
The SEU rate. Allows weighting the cost of the asset for accounting purposes.
<memo>#NOTES# AgABAAAAAQAAAAIAFgAAACMEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABAAAAAAA=
Notes that are not linked to element features or connector notes.
OP-1316 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Identifier of the speed-supervised area, one of {1,2} de-DE: Kennung des Sicherungsbereichs.
GEO Knoten has no direct corresponding class in RSM; the GEO-Knoten is the location of the extremity of a Linear Element with Length.
States whether a safe hand rail is required; can be N/A.
Maximum number of substations that can connect to a TrDr bus de-DE: Ust. max, Anzahl der maximal auf einen ZLV-Bus anschließbaren Unterstationen
The block is equipped for L/H operation. nl-NL: de vrije baan is met een L/H schakeling uitgerust.
Type of telephone: locked, direct line, dial phone. etc.
OP-1318 - Basic object general attributes
The train protection system that is fitted to the line block. E.g. AWS, PZB, ATB, KVB
LC-2112 - Basic object general attributes
LC-1810 - Basic object general attributes
Description of the logic. Textual description of the field elements and Boolean relations that produce the Boolean output.
Maximum power in Watts that the channel can constantly supply.
OP-0710 - Basic object general attributes
The actual value of the national value identified by the key. If a subset of key,value-pairs follows, the value isn't needed.
Identifier of the national value, e.g. Q_NVDRIVER_ADHES, V_NVREL, M_NVDERUN or D_NVROLL
Additional classification of the key type. DE: Schlüsselgruppe
OP-0912 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Informs whether the level crossing system interfaces with road traffic lights. Road traffic lights range from lights warning of approaching train to road traffic light system. The true/false value isn't given when the protection type of level crossing is e.g. whistle or reduce speed and technical protection is absent. de-DE: Buestra
Reference to a hot-box detector de-DE: Angabe der in dem betreffenden ZN Anzeigefeld auszuwertenden HOA (Heißläufer-Ortungs-Anlage).
Number of stranded elements within the cable. de-DE: Anzahl der Verseilelemente.
The type of decking of the road or path outside the crossing, e.g. tarmac (asphalt) cobblestone, etc.
Calculation sheet for PZB configuration. de-DE: INA: Induktive Sicherung Anfahrenden Zuege. Liegt ein Bahnsteig zwischen den PZB-Magneten von Vor- und nachfolgendem Hauptsignal, wird eine INA-Berechnung durchgeführt. Das Ergebnis wird in einem Wirkbereichsbogen dokumentiert. Daraus geht die Relevanz des PZB-Magneten für die Ueberwachung gegen Halt anfahrender Zuege hervor.
Indicates the level of detail of the project stage. Suggestions, should be tailored to national rules: feasibility (rarely in data) pre-design draft design - preferred variant detailed design - for quotation/to be ordered, supplier neutral detailed design - supplier specific de-DE: Planungsphase
Upper limit of the tolerance, i.e. maximum voltage that is supplied by the channel.
False (default): the entry signal is replaced when the first wheel enters the next section. True: the entry signal is replaced only when the last wheel of the train has cleared the non-replacement section.
Whom your are connected to when calling.
Top level scheme or programme designation. E.g. national ETCS roll-out.
Information about the accessibility or limited usage.
LC-1602 - Designation LC danger area corner mark
Either street and house number, or postbox.
OP-1308 - Reserved IP adress block grey V6
Informs the limits on the reference line of the planning area, e.g. "Km 12.7 to Km 13.5". Exact machine-readable information is found in the planning area.
Description of the boolean and temporal operators that make up the condition.
True if the ARS system needs the status of route locking, e.g. when a level crossing is present. de-DE: Auswertung der FUEM bei der Einstellung der ZL-Fahrstraße. Die FÜM-Auswertung (blinkend) ist notwendig, wenn bei der vorhergehenden Fstr. ein BÜ enthalten ist, der zum Zeitpunkt des Fstr.-Anstoßes noch nicht geschlossen ist.
True when this crossing is fitted with suicide prevention measures that prevent people accessing the track. False otherwise.
The number of trains per hour for which this line is designed.
Numerical designation of the display field. de-DE: Anzeigefeldbezeichnung als numerischer Wert, "ZLV-Bus-Bezeichner"
The name of the organisation or business.
Automatic_route_setting : ARS route trigger
Signal : NR Predicted Overrun Protection
Extra information that is placed in a specific place on the plan. de-DE: Zusatzinformation
Text that is displayed on a separate board informing about restrictions such as private crossing. de-DE: Zusatzschild zum Andreaskreuz, z. B. "Privatweg" oder "Übergang nur für Berechtigte".
Aspects_messages : Overview of signal aspects
The pitch of the lamp on the component for SSiFT integration
LC-1808 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Text supporting the operator of the balise programming software.
The name of a phase within the (re-)signalling project that summarises the goal that the individual stages in this phase aim to achieve.
Field for the user-defined train category.
The minimal data rate of the train-RBC communication channel in Baud.
Maps to NID_C in the applicable ETCS baseline.
Description of the location where the spare key is held.
Statespace : Conditions and state transitions
de-DE: Entfernung bis zum Punkt wo die Transition stattfindet in Meter.
The temporary shunting track should map to an equivalent local operating area. nl-NL: bij het vertrekspoor VR-gebied hoort een werkzone die op een local operating area is afgebeeld.
LC-2221 - Basic object general attributes
Cross-sectional area in square millimetres.
OP-0907 - Object references (other data bases)
True: the detector is hard-wired to the track circuit occupancy. False: relay-based detection so that the derailment signal can be relayed for other functions.
LC-1913 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Unallowed relationships (not of allowed connector type)
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.EA_GUID as CLASSGUID ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as CLASSTYPE ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as Type ,source_object."NAME" as Source_Object ,source_object.OBJECT_TYPE as Source_Type ,target_object."NAME" as Target_Object ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as Target_Type ,"DIRECTION" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN T_OBJECT as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = START_OBJECT_ID JOIN T_OBJECT as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = END_OBJECT_ID WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE NOT IN ( 'Association' ,'Generalization' ,'Aggregation' ,'NoteLink' ,'Realisation' ,'Package' ,'Dependency' ,'ControlFlow' )"> BwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAABAAAABwAWAAAAWwAAANMAAABZAAAArwAAAFoA AAB2AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAQAAAAEAAQAAAAEAAAA=
Modem type, only given if the modem isn't in the type list.
Number or letter for sequencing the stages. On schematic drawings, this version may inform status information, e.g. 2 for a development release, A for an approved version. SNCF: the sequence indicator can differ per discipline.
Type description by the OEM e.g. Eurobalise S21 or track circuit UM71
Name of the parameter in the reference drawing.
Describes the system to which alarms are reported.
A 2-D or 3-D physical or virtual bounded space, such as a screen or a sheet of paper on which the positioning takes place. The name can imply size and unit information, e.g. A3 landscape for 420 mm wide x 297 mm high.
ID used to group the point/crossing and to facilitate communicating to the RBC that in case of a IL failure, a given group of points/crossing has failed. de-DE: Zuordnung zu einer Gruppe, um im Falle einer Rechnerstörung im ESTW dem RBC die gestörten Elemente einfach übertragen zu können.
Maximum number of received, unconfirmed messages. This value shall be less than Nsendmax.
True if the data communication partner does not supply power.
ActiveSignal is a specialisation of TrackAsset via Signal and PhysicalSignal.
OP-0311 - ID Attachment connection intergity area 3
Frequency with which the impulses are given. FR: bande de frequences (F1 .. F4).
LC-1911 - Basic object general attributes
Train_protection : Balise group purpose and function
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT o.ea_guid AS CLASSGUID ,o.Object_type as CLASSTYPE ,o.Name as ReqName ,p.Name as Cluster FROM T_OBJECT o INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p USING (PACKAGE_ID) INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p1 ON p1.PACKAGE_ID = p.PARENT_ID INNER JOIN T_PACKAGE p2 ON p2.PACKAGE_ID = p1.PARENT_ID WHERE o.OBJECT_TYPE = 'Requirement' and o.OBJECT_ID NOT IN ( SELECT END_OBJECT_ID FROM t_connector WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Realisation' ) and p2.Name = 'EULYNX cluster requirements'"/>
The construction type of technology used for the block. Typically relays, auto-block, block instrument, key or token block. de-DE: Bauform
LC-2013 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OP-1012 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-2011 - Basic object general attributes
realised by parameter technology and manufacturer model type.
True if the departure track allows On Sight departure. False otherwise. nl-NL: Indicatie of het vertrekspoor een ROZ-Rijweg mogelijkheid heeft.
LC-1605 - Object references (other data bases)
True when the associated section is configured to allow override. The override procedure allows the signaller to open a signal that is closed because the TDS section reports (presumably false) occupied. de-DE: Hilfsfreimeldung eingerichtet
LC-1414 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
True if an acoustic warning sounds when the block is normalised. de-DE: Rückblockwecker (Pflichtangabe)
If normal=true: the given position is the normal position (the other position is the reverse position). If this attribute isn't given, then neither normal nor reverse position is defined.
N_ITER second recursion level (geschachtelte).
Can inform about strong magnet suppression
Indicates whether the signal mast carries a board ws-sw-ws-sw-ws. de-DE: Gibt an, ob am zugehörigen Signal ein Mastschild ws-sw-ws-sw-ws vorhanden ist.
OP-0804 - ID Attachment sense of direction
OP-0803 - ID Attachment monitor subdivision
Type of protection: half-barrier full-barrier user-worked crossing with telephone
OP-0327 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OP-1001 - Track occupancy table general attributes
The designation of the planning stage, shortened to fit in a title block.
LC-2223 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Train_detection : Track circuit feeding and receiving
Average number of road users crossing per day. fr-FR: moment du trafic.
OP-1320 - ID Attachment planning rules special
True when this signal implements the EPS. False otherwise.
For describing the type, e.g. material (metal, fibre glass). Supplier and OEM can be given as a configuration item. Lightly used by NR.
<memo>#NOTES# AwABAAAAAQAAAAEAAAADABYAAADZAAAAhQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEA AAAAAA==
Excluded those that are "part of" SignallingEntities only. Do they need an ID?
True: this display field can report train ready. de-DE: In diesem ZN-Anzeigefeld ist eine Zugvorbereitungsmeldung im ZN-Übersichtsplan zu kennzeichnen; die ZN-Anlage enthält keine ZFM-Funktionalität.
True: the on-sight route is possible even when the section in advance of the signal is already occupied.
Version of the EULYNX DP schema (XSD version) that the data engineer was requested to use for the present data set. Note that a validation tool looks for xsi:schemaLocation in the header of the XML instance for the XSD to validate against. This XSD can differ from the present attribute because data engineers may need to apply a different version in the course of their work.
LC-1812 - ID Attachment planning rules special
True if the level crossing can be controlled locally, e.g. during an engineering possession. National rules and regulations shall stipulate rules for signalling when the level crossing is under local control.
OP-0517 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The type of Road Traffic Sign. Can be left empty if a list of types is given in the national domain.
True: in case of a bus failure, this system is configured to send a re-activation telegram. de-DE: Im Fall der Störung eines ZLV-Busses sendet die ZN-Anlage ein Reaktivierungstelegramm.
Misdirected Compositions (Source --> Destination)
<memo>#NOTES# <source customSQL="SELECT c.EA_GUID as CLASSGUID ,c.CONNECTOR_TYPE as CLASSTYPE ,source_object."NAME" as "Source" ,source_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Source Type" ,target_object."NAME" as "Target" ,target_object."OBJECT_TYPE" as "Target Type" ,"DIRECTION" ,"CONNECTOR_TYPE" ,"SOURCEROLE" ,"DESTROLE" ,c.SOURCEISAGGREGATE ,c.DESTISAGGREGATE ,"START_OBJECT_ID" ,"END_OBJECT_ID" FROM "T_CONNECTOR" as c JOIN t_object as source_object ON source_object.OBJECT_ID = c.START_OBJECT_ID JOIN t_object as target_object ON target_object.OBJECT_ID = c.END_OBJECT_ID WHERE CONNECTOR_TYPE = 'Aggregation' AND DESTISAGGREGATE = 2 AND DIRECTION = 'Source -> Destination' AND source_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object' AND target_object.OBJECT_TYPE != 'Object'"/>
LC-1706 - Basic object general attributes
Radio Subscriber Number. This is the number that the ETCS onboards call.
True when the signal reports to the system that prohibits train encounters in the tunnel. The signal may be located outside and in advance of the tunnel. de-DE: Meldepunkt für das Tunnelbegegnungsverbotssystem
The National Train Control system from which the train is transiting as defined by ERA_ERTMS_040001.
Identifier of the train describer system.
Representation of the number train describer in terms of number of digits. EU norm is 6 (historically 4 in UK or 5 for DB). de-DE: Stellen der ZN. Die Angabe ist notwendig, wenn die ZN bereits vorhanden ist und nicht neu geplant wird. Zulässige Wert: 5 oder 6.
Number of strands in a cable. Used in DE. DE: Verdrillte Seilen. NL: aantal aders.
True when the point seeks a protecting position after the dual flank protection conflict is gone because the train has cleared one of the two points that caused the conflict. When false, the point that initially caused the conflict, does not move. de-DE: : Wahr wenn Nachlaufverhinderung aktiv. Das Nachlaufen der Weiche wird verhindert, wenn die Flankenschutzanforderung, für die der Verschluss projektiert ist, nicht mehr besteht. In der Regel wird für Eigenzwieschutzweichen die Nachlaufverhinderung projektiert.
Double-click the Business Process to show the Process Diagram
OP-1315 - Object references (other data bases)
High equates to 1=true means safe for train passage. Low equates to 0=false means unsafe for train passage.
The index of the predefined telegram set that the engineer picks when designing the balise group contents. This number is found in the telegram specification. de-DE: Level 1 LS (ESG): laufende Nummer Telegrammspezifikation gemäß Ril 819.1348 Anhang 2 Level 2: Datenpunkttyp Not used for transition telegram sets.
True, if there are external blade position detectors. This excludes detectors inside the drive mechanism. If false, attribute numberOfExternalDetectors is not given.
True: the tuning filter is internal. False: the tuning filter is external. en-UK: The internal/external filter is tuned to a frequency. UK: The filter is internal for new work. Legacy chokes have external filter tuning.
Level_crossing : NR Level crossing local control unit
Level_crossing : ProRail Level crossing timers
nl-NL: Geeft aan of bij de rijweg een goederen criterium kan worden opgegeven.
Lower limit of the tolerance, i.e. minimum voltage that is supplied by the channel.
Textual description of the location. Not to be confounded with geo-localisation.
Introduction to EULYNX Data Prep : Links between EULYNX DP and RSM
The type of clamping that can be applied to this movable element. Use these strings: clampandScotch for articolo 8 in Italy, or VCC in France EmergencyLock for HV_73 in Germany clamp for Weichenschloss in Germany Zungensperre in Germany. detectorBarLock for Riegelhandschloss in Germany. Scotch is a block that separates the blade from the stock rail.
OP-0506 - ID Attachment furniture front view
nl-NL: Een indicatie of de route normaal instelbaar is.
Deleted or replaced Dataplatform requirements
First letters of the name, as imposed by restrictions in the document placeholders. de-DE: Nachname des Akteurs, beschränkt auf 5 Zeichen
The number of cabinets (aka cases for NR) that are logically grouped together. Typically close together.
Describes the data source in more details.
Name of a well-identifiable object acting as a reference for locating an other track asset. For instance: Milepost 23 1/2
OP-0107 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Level_crossing : Track crossing and road traffic
The postal code and town parts of the address written according to national postal regulations.
Description of the type of cable according to cable book. For instance: DE: 120 Cu, 240 Al. UK: cable type 5. NL: kabel 50 mm2 koper of 70 mm2 aluminium.
What the telephone is used for, e.g. locally operated points, testing, emergency
The block is equipped for stop/door. nl-NL: de vrije baan is met een stop-door schakeling uitgerust.
The location of the mounting point on the signal drawing grid; y-coordinate.
States whether a guard board is provided, e.g. third rail electrification; can be N/A.
Measurement window for diagnosis reports of the redundancy layer. Clause 6.6.3.2.
Allocates the barrier mechanism to a group that can be operated or powered by a single switching action.
OP-1010 - Basic object general attributes
Description of the correction methods and/or applied algorithms.
The position where the ETCS gradient changes. This is a gradient that has been derived by engineering rules from the slopes according to ETCS subset-027-3.11.12.4
$diagram:SNCF Opposing route locking - Taxonomy
Type of rail on which the counting head is mounted. For instance UIC 54, 50, UIC 60, S55.
OP-0322 - Object references (other data bases)
Describes the annotation in free text form not restricted in length. Non-text binary information such as images can be stored as attachment.
LC-1708 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Maps to the variable Q_MAMODE in the applicable ETCS baseline: false maps to 0 true maps to 1
LC-1418 - ID Attachment planning rules special
A hint is placed on the TMS display indicating that connection to the level crossing is lost. de-DE: störhaltmerkhinweis
Type of signal, defined at the national level. This classification supports algorithms and queries such as a route entry and exit signal shall be main signals. how many shunting signals are needed by the project?
OP-0402 - ID Attachment computer room plan
LC-1416 - Basic object general attributes
The andreas cross is fitted with a protection that prevents passers-by from being caught by protruding parts of the andreas cross. de-De: Das Andreaskreuz ist mit einem Schutzbügel auszurüsten (true). Das Attribut entfällt, sofern kein Schutzbügel benötigt wird.
Needs the presence of the key for return
True: The key must be locked inside the key release instrument before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller. nl-NL: grendel moet ter plekke zijn vrijgegeven. False: the interlocking doesn't check the presence of the key before taking back the zone.
The channel of the output on the power supply. Only given if the power supply has mutliple channels.
The affected routes can be deduced from the lockout area.
OP-1305 - Reserved IP adress block blue V4
The version or issue number of the source used, if relevant.
True if the movable element can be trailed without damage. de-DE: auffahrbar fr-FR: talonnable nl-NL: openrijbaar
The display field doesn't display the train identity. de-DE: Im ZN Anzeigefeld erfolgt keine Anzeige einer Zugnummer.
fr-FR: Crocodile talonnable, equipé d'une pédale pour annuler le crocodile lorsqu'il est franchi en sens inverse.
Feed signalling information into Computer Assisted Railway Engineering (CARE) tools. Often, the CARE tools are designed to natively work with the IM's data.
True: this movable element can report a degraded status which means a loss of full detection.
de-DE: Anschlussnummer, das Attribut wird nur bei KUs gefüllt.
True: balise is placed directly at the object to which this class refers. False: the balise informs about the object from some distance, e.g. infill.
The company that supplied the equipment.
A train detection loop typically is a single (1), double (2) or even triple (3) loop.
LC-1909 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Level_crossing :ProRail Level crossing traffic signage
Supplier-specific code describing the purpose of the loading file, e.g. allocation to a channel, or auxiliary file e.g. allocation to a channel, check data, localisation code. The code can be used to drive programming software.
Either <plus> or <minus>, incrementing or decrementing kilometrage.
OP-1008 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
One signal frame can consist of left arrow + speed "60" for turnout. This expresses the fact that the arrow and turn-out speed can't be dissociated. If the arrow and speed frame are cast onto two separate objects, the association between left-arrow and turnout speed is lost. Linespeed is the speed "80" without arrow. These speed indicators can co-exist on one post.
The fixing supports signal frames B1 and B2. SDEF mounting point is given by the grid location 3,4, which is a component of SignalFrame B2.
This maps to SDEF SignalEquipment->TrackLocation
Signal messages in Germany are listed and identified in the RiL 301 (Signalbuch). The German Signalbegriff translates to Message. See this link.
Eu.Doc.76 no official release in BL3
Import relations between packages in EULYNX DP and RSM.
The opening of the main signal covering the level crossing can be delayed. Typically, in case of half-barrier crossings, this allows road users to evacuate the danger area. This value is adapted to supplier-specific level crossing time behaviour.
LC-0906 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
PD-0418 - Number of switch-blade detection contacts
The time needed for switching the road traffic light installation. de-DE: Nur bei BUESTRA: Zeitbedarf für die Beeinflussung des Straßenverkehrs (Parameter tK1 gemäß Ril 815.0051).
Other relation between zones A and B. de-DE: sonstige
Expresses e.g. that a button activates a level crossing.
Area equipped with a Train Protection System for tilting trains.
References to routes in a neighbouring interlocking that are in conflict with the requested route body.
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=is allocated to TVP section;
Reference to the train vacancy proving section that is allocated to the present display field. de-DE: Verweis auf den zugehörigen Gleisabschnitt, in dem das ZN-Anzeigefeld auf der Bedienoberfläche angeordnet wird.
Direction of suppression is only needed when the TPS applies in both directions.
de-DE: Räumstrecke dCK gemäß Ril 815.0033A01 (vorgeschaltete Lichtzeichen).
fr-FR: Controle de vitesse DAAT-Avancé
Allows spot locating the warning system (optional addition to locating the individual components)
Link to a trigger assignment that informs about the deactivation of the level crossing.
The point blades must be in the given position before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller.
This movable element is a controlled track asset.
Reference to an individual released engineering data set of the given discipline. de-DE: ID-Ausgabe-Fachdaten
TS-1211 - Object references (other data bases)
Slope, given in the range 0 to 1, that determines the braking curve within the supervised speed section. de-DE: Maßgebende Neigung im Überwachungsabschnitt.
The symbol representing the object has this position in the present view. When multiple, it can represent a polygon.
Reference to a locality where the line ends.
Refers to a civil structure such as a bridge or tunnel that warrants the presence of the warning system.
The release instrument is a controlled track asset. In very rare cases, a release instrument doesn't feed back information to the interlocking; the key can only be released when a local condition is satisfied.
Reference to the controller of the track asset.
Containment positioned on both sides of the track.
Parallel use with legacy systems such as PZB or crocodile. The contacts feed into the LEU which converts it into balise telegrams. Can be used to replace or overlay the legacy system.This LEU module has a reduced function set.
The LEU module gets input from a LEU system, other than the LEU system of which it is part.
Interface to external level crossing system
SI-0511 - Basic object general attributes
$XREFPROP=$XID={647E62D1-506A-42b7-81EC-42F3EA5FD454}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={04459A95-58E8-4a6d-A406-E997CC1AF90B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
RO-1822 - ID Point to keep the entrance signal closed
AR-0115 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
fr-FR: Zone (section TVP) à laquelle le transit est associé
The fouling point indicator is placed between the tracks. NR has no physical fouling point marking.
$XREFPROP=$XID={C2C019D2-C82C-4f67-8B0F-71AF2B009B4B}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={04A1DBDA-5B31-49fd-B7FA-9872EDD2D224}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Time starts counting down each time information is received from the train. After expiry the train is considered mute. This allows recovery from a short communication gap. Paragraph 3.4.1.2
fr-FR: distance balise au garage franc, utilisée pour un point prox avec distance de glissement inférieure à 50m.
The block element permanently claims the block. This disallows bidirectional traffic.
The sub-organisation of the IM or regional organisation of the IM that is responsible for, and owns the plans and data. This allows addressing the correct organisation. SNCF: signifie la région en possession des plans (champ obligatoire)
$XREFPROP=$XID={078881DB-6BA0-4754-B6BD-F9B26962431E}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={05ABBCB1-FE92-4eca-BE99-8A9837FB2CC4}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Vitesse dXXXXXXXXannonce (R ou (R) ou TIV.D mobile).
The speed signalled by the entry signal, aka slave signal. I.e. the speed that the train must respect when passing the entry signal. Also known as passing speed. This signalled speed can be supervised by an ATP system.
A walkway at rail level for accessing a platform, not crossing any tracks.
Lists a number of ETCS telegrams. In early design, this may be unknown so one may give 0 telegrams. The list can be filled later.
The date stamp of the baseline of the rule set that governs the planning activities.
for route indicator or shunting signal aspect.
A set of levers, typically used to throw switch blades and (dis-)engage point locks. en-GB: ground frame
OP-0210 - Object references (other data bases)
GE-1706 - Object references (other data bases)
The ARS uses this group of signals. de-DE: Gruppe von Signalen (Haupt-, Sperrsignale), die von der Zug- bzw. Rangierlenkung für die Vorzugregelung benötigt wird. en-GB: priority is given to train types, not signal groups.
ND-0110 - Basic object general attributes
speed limit in section of reduced speed de-DE: Zulässige Geschwindigkeit im La-Bereich.
AR-0307 - Basic object general attributes
Speed limit at the EoA. If not given, the value is considered unknown. Known as V_EMA in ETCS 3.5.0; formerly known as V_LOA.
A snapshot of the situation plus the planned changes.
The ETCS National Value change marker has an ordered list of NV elements.
transmits flank protection request. Ersatzschutzmassnahme bei Fernschutz.
Equipment mounted between the rails (Sleeper Equipment).
The level crossing system is fitted with a battery that is located at the given location.
A track circuit has 1..4 elements for feeding or receiving signals.
The level crossing system has been triggered.
List of sections in the departure track.
Dual track, each track is equipped for bidirectional traffic. de-DE: zweigleisig, Gleiswechselbetrieb (GWB) fr-FR: voie banalisée it-IT: linea banalizato
PL-0304 - Object references (other data bases)
RO-0608 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The detection of a vehicle passage can clear a signal. For instance: in shunting areas, a treadle can clear the shunting signal.
AR-0605 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
SI-0609 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
PD-0609 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Reference to a distant signal that governs the calculation of the ARS route trigger. de-DE: Angabe des Vorsignals fr-FR: signal d'avertissement
Target track of the shunting route must be vacant. de-DE: Zielgleis Rangierstrasse muss frei sein.
The maximum time during which the object controller shall try to drive the movable element. This parameter is mostly given by generic rules but may become configurable.
(Partially) release route. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Fahrstraße auflösen" und "Fahrwegelement einzeln auflösen".
Timer starts when train is announced and reports time-out after the given duration. de-DE: Zeitüberschreitungsmeldung.
LC-1107 - Basic object general attributes
Describes where the TcConnector (or Cable) is connected to the rail, not the dimensions of the connector itself.
Time after which the train's loss-of-integrity propagates. Starts counting when trackside detects loss-of-integrity. After expiry, occupancy spills over to adjacent sections.
A polygon that circumscribes the danger area.
The point blades are components that conceptually map to a turnout in RSM. Information about location in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace.
Needed when the movable element combines multiple components, e.g. double slip point and coupled derailer (DB).
TD-0910 - Basic object general attributes
The length of the segment. Suggested use is the storage of a validated length resulting from a relatively complex calculation.
Defining the type of driving mechanism is only useful when the turnout mechanism is not broken down further.
Containment positioned on the left with respect to topological linear element.
simple plate that displays the label of a signal. The text value can be taken from the associated designation. Alternatively, the name can be given as text information that is part of the aspect.
The warning system can be switched on when staff is working track side. The system is triggered by an approaching train.
PD-0422 - Object references (other data bases)
$XREFPROP=$XID={F39550A0-DC75-4843-8D4A-329A0CAEBB64}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={0DEAA65D-396C-4d44-BAE8-BA564DA09A2B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;$XREFPROP=$XID={538A543A-0100-45bc-B32C-BF4652919E07}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={0DEAA65D-396C-4d44-BAE8-BA564DA09A2B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
OP-0213 - Basic object general attributes
The area allows this subset of control possibilities.
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=is allocated to Train Describer system;
Reference to TrDr system to which this display field is allocated. de-DE: Verweis auf die ZN, zu der das ZN-Anzeigefeld gehört.
The controller implements the EULYNX SCI-LX interface.
Left or right side with respect to topological linear element. An expansion joint can be on a single rail. Joints located on both left and right rail can be considered as one joint.
A power line can cross one or more tracks at the given location.
Date when the status was achieved by the actor.
Node created to split a linear element considered too long for practical purposes.
FP-0217 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: UT Unwirksamheitstaste, z.B. für BÜ Kontakt.
LD-0225 - Basic object general attributes
A schematic of the computer room layout showing the train describer system. de-DE: Verweis auf die ID des Raumplans Rechnerraum, der als Anhang im Format PDF beigefügt wird.
TS-1109 - Central operating system connection
Signalled maximum speed at exit signal (aka target or master signal)
Equipment mounted at a point related to the track (Track Equipment).
Separates two AC electrification sections with different phases.
LC-0807 - Basic object general attributes
A spring or hydro-pneumatic mechanism restores the point to normal position after trailing. en-GB: spring point de-DE: Rückfallweiche
RO-0205 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LO-0111 - Operating command "point relief operating"
A simple point with similar flexure geometry. de-DE: Innenbogenweiche
For traversal., turntable, crossed sleepers. de-DE: Schiebebühne
RO-1106 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The housing on the cable route or where the cable route terminates.
The virtual power supply model gets power from a track asset such as a controller, LX, or TPS device.
de-DE: Radfahrer nl-NL: fietsers fr-FR: cyclistes
Reference to active aspect that is part of the message to the driver. If no active aspect is given, the signal is dark, e.g. for cab signalling.
OP-0201 - Local operating facility general attributes
The angle of the detector with respect to the vertical. Looking up is positive. Looking down is negative.
The ARS sub-area is defined by the routes in the area. The ARS route refers to the interlocking-route and entry signal by association.
RaSTA safety code according to §5.3.11. Option 1 is to give no safety code. Option 2 is to preset the lower half of the MD4, option 3 is to preset lower and upper half of the MD4.
RO-1806 - station track ("Voie de stationnement") route locking
Reference to the previous planning step on which the current data release is based. The referenced project stage might not be part of the current file. Can be used as alternative or complement to a textual reference attribute.
LB-0212 - Basic object general attributes
A simple point. de-DE: EW (einfache Weiche)
Reference to the train describer system to which this substation is allocated. de-DE: Verweis auf zugehörigen ZN-System
This route has a conflict with other route(s).
Reference to the central interlocking that accepts route requests.
Warning installation where view is obstructed. nl-NL: Waarschuwingsinstallate bij uitzichtsbelemmerende objecten
$XREFPROP=$XID={4F056E52-5D32-4575-B1A8-0542E6D50BC7}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={138B141D-6CF1-4555-A312-264A9CEFB313}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Indicates that the train may proceed. Note: the end user can specialise this class to adapt it to national needs.
AR-0508 - Basic object general attributes
The andreas cross is fitted with an arrow that points in the given direction. de-DE: Zusätzlich zum Andreaskreuz ist ein Richtungspfeil als Schild vorzusehen. Entfällt, sofern kein Richtungspfeil benötigt wird.
Warning installation at a service track crossing. nl-NL: Waarschuwingslichten bij dienstoverpad.
Applies to interface interlocking with this system.
Crossing equipped with a telephone and worked by the user.
Used by RFI and NR. Position where you can access to the LocationCase (where you can work on it); position is given with the look from the track to the Location Case (near, far, left, right)
General notes about the planning step, e.g. scheme and project description "High-speed line Berlin to Madrid, construction of yard Kehl, the track had to be shortened lacking space, alternative solution was to insert an extra signal at position xy ....". The notes shouldn't be abused for storing information that redunds the data set. de-DE: Erläuterungsbericht
Balise group linking specific to tilting trains. de-DE: GNT
TS-1018 - Object references (other data bases)
ETCS Level 1 Limited Supervision. de-DE: ESG - ETCS Signalgeführt.
This is the default, i.e. not fixed in a given position.
A mechanical bar that is depressed by a passing train wheel.
Node created e.g. at import from a classical node-edge model, for seamless tracing of legacy graphs.
Power from an autonomous source other than the signalling system (interlocking, level crossing). E.g. fuel cell.
TP-0816 - Object references (other data bases)
Defines a flank protection case where the toe of a point is the requestor. DB: used when flank protection request is transmitted via the toe of a point. de-DE: Anforderung von der Weichenspitze
Denotes to which rail to connect. Given with respect to the orientation of the topological linear element.
TS-0701 - TD modem bus general attributes
The element is operated on site by means of a nearby control panel or lever (en-UK: ground frame).
Detects a vehicle on the track, e.g. fallen from a bridge or embankment.
Designation of the line as used in train running operations. de-DE: Zuordnung zur Strecke
SI-0509 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
A rack in the field where cables arrive and cores are dispatched to endpoints. de-DE: Kabelverbindungsgestell, streckenseitiger Kabelverteiler, d.h. nicht im Stw-Gebaeude.
Defines and uses observed properties such as the length of a linear element
Controlled by automatic route setting system de-DE: Zuglenkung).
Signal fictif à la limite de poste. Permet de scinder un parcours allant d'un poste vers un autre en deux itinéraires complètement distincts, limitant ainsi au maximum les dépendances entre les deux postes.
FP-0110 - Object references (other data bases)
Reference to the locality to which the meta-data apply. This links the project to company-wide planning and documentation. E.g. Projet Grand Paris.
Track Occupied and Track in Rear Cleared
$XREFPROP=$XID={0C6A46F6-89F6-481e-922F-247EE60E381B}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={182B370A-2584-41f4-9537-D0B2FC0EC514}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Train occupies track and cleared track in rear. de-DE: Gleis_belegen_und_davor_freifahren
Worked by means of wires or rods, at some distance.
Reference from ETCS telegram to ETCS marker(s). The telegram informs about upcoming gradient, transition, speed or national value.
The device implements a TP information point. The device can implement several systems, i.e. a Eurobalise can implement ETCS L1, L2 or Berlin S-Bahn.
A cable can enclose one or more wires. A wire can have one or more cores.
Stipulates a condition under which an ETCS telegram is set.
Influenced length for track circuit using the NF technology. DE: Beeinflusste Laenge des Freimeldeabschnitts.
The quadrants govern to which side the foot- or cycle path is located. E.g. quadrant 1&2, 3&4 or 1,2,3,4 for both sides.
TS-0903 - TD modem bus substation assignment general attributes
TP-0819 - Basic object general attributes
Removing the captive key prevents train movements in both directions.
TR-0506 - Basic object general attributes
TR-1206 - Basic object general attributes
Defines a point of interest that is located at the boundary of the zone.
LB-0119 - Basic object general attributes
Where cable can exit or enter the duct, typically a simple hole.
PD-0603 - Point crossing system general attributes
Distance between the barrier mechanism and the nearest edge of footway or carriageway that the barrier boom protects. Only stored if relevant.
A transformer that balances traction from overhead line and traction return current for high voltage. A train, or rather the pantograph shouldn't stop where the gap in the overhead line to accommodate the booster transformer is situated.
The activation delay depends on the level crossing system supplier and may differ from the calculated delay. Both calculated and supplier values must be stored.
Footpath that is offset. i.e. detached from the road. de-DE: Fussweg abgesetzt
The area astride the level crossing to which the indicated speed restriction applies. This area may differ from the track crossing. nl-NL: het gebied, over de overweg, waarvoor de aangegeven snelheidsbeperking geldt.
this helps the signalman to visualize via which point or track the train will travel.
TS-0907 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LO-0406 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Reference to an attachment that describes the actual user interface of the local operation device in detail. Typically includes a drawing of the layout.
Information about location of the anchor point in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace.
Light intensity can be switched. High during day and low during the night.
Designates the organisational unit with the Infrastructure Manager (IM) in charge of the project. E.g. IM regional organisation or corridor project organisation
One activation applies to one crossing that might be composed of several danger area tracks.
One level crossing activation is linked to one danger area track and associated track crossing. Thus, the data designer must create one activation per track crossing.
GE-0903 - Object references (other data bases)
Detects an overheating bearing in a passing axle box.
The ETCS area is fitted with the given version. May be empty in an early engineering stage.
audio frequency transmitter FR: Em(etteur) UK: TX
RO-0105 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
TS-1308 - Basic object general attributes
GE-1807 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Speed with which the level crossing can be passed when not protected.
The approach speed used to determine the moment when the route is called. de-DE: Geschwindigkeit, die der Berechnung des Anstoßzeitpunktes einer Fahrstraße zugrunde liegt.
Time that expires before the interlocking releases the overlap. de-DE: D-Weg-Auflöseverzögerung
Reference to the RBC that accepts the incoming train during a handover process from a neighbouring RBC.
Applies to points and crossings only, not to derailers. The position of the referenced point can be derived from the corresponding LinearLocation of the Overlap.
The spot location links to the linear element, i.e. the track, and coordinates, and chainage.
de-DE: Pflichtangabe. Im Falle von Sonderhöhe ist "hasPredefinedHeight=other, hasHeight=xx (cm)" vor zu geben.
The EULYNX SCI-LS signal vector that commands a given set of active signal aspects.
The step occurs when any of these routes is set. de-DE: nicht verwendet
Category for trains equipped with a tilting mechanism.
If the interlocking responds that the requested route cannot be called, request this route instead.
An exit signal has a list of safety distances, i.e. overlap or danger point.
The location of the system. The spot location includes an application direction with respect to the associated linear net element.
Signal on Right Side without Checker Board Sign
de-DE: Anordnung des Signals rechts am Gleis ohne Schachbretttafel.
de-DE: Nichtgeltung für Fahrten auf dem Gegengleis.
SI-0508 - Object references (other data bases)
This route is suitable for the given type of traction.
Hoofdsein bediend (kan fictief geprojecteerd worden).
SI-0314 - Intermittent train protection protective section required
Ramp at the end of track for loading cars.
$XREFPROP=$XID={CB3A76B4-D771-480b-A4B6-354FD31DA9E0}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={1FF84760-FACD-4b8e-8FB8-39D060B9BDEA}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
RO-0309 - Basic object general attributes
RO-1835 - ID TVD sections to be occupied
Equipment mounted on the rail (Rail Equipment).
IP-based decentral controller. This controls a set of field object controllers. de-DE: Gleisfeldkonzentrator (Gfk)
Time period for sending heartbeats. The interval between successive messages proving that a communication link is still alive.
A pipe conduct for a cable, not being an Under Track Crossing (UTX).
nl-NL: behoort bij overweginstallatie op de vrije baan.
TR-0611 - Basic object general attributes
The detector provides input to this associated evaluator.
The line uses this linear positioning system.
$XREFPROP=$XID={A57A161C-03DD-4a65-876E-FD0EB0B5D2D1}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={211FDE82-19A0-49e7-8A0A-329DCA007708}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Until train acceptance. de-DE: bis zur Annahme des Zuges
The interlocking throws the point to the normal position automatically.
de-DE: Räumstrecke dBK gemäß Ril 815.0033A01 (vorgeschaltete Lichtzeichen).
This EULYNX DP file refers to a planning corrective.
pattern painted on the signal pole that sends a message to the driver (Zebra pattern in Italy).
TS-1305 - Object references (other data bases)
BO-0305 - Basic object general attributes
TS-1108 - Central operating system address
A co-acting signal repeats the exact aspect or indication of the main signal. Co-acting signals are always the same type (colour light or semaphore) as the main signal. The co-acting signal frame is mounted on the same fixing as the main signal. de-DE: Vorsignal UK: banner repeating signal.
LC-0404 - Object references (other data bases)
de-DE: Fussweg Radweg nl-NL: voetpad c.q. fietspad fr-FR: chemin piéton ou cycliste
The housing consumes power with the nominal voltage.
Can the signal be confused with other signals or signs?
reference to signal equipped with L or H board
Detectors have either a spot or linear location.
TR-0504 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
OC-1213 - Object references (other data bases)
A simple point with contrary flexure geometry. de-DE: Aussenbogenweiche
PD-0517 - Track section clearance point right
TS-1512 - Basic object general attributes
Controller for receiving binary inputs and sending binary outputs. Inputs, typically received from relay contacts, are packed into telegrams and sent to the interlocking. Telegrams received from the interlocking are converted to outputs.
Reference to a next time frame. This allows the chaining of time frames.
LO-0108 - Operating command "route release" and "single element release"
de-DE: Gemeindestrasse ausserorts fr-FR: route communale nl-NL: lokale weg
The signal must show the given aspect, generally stop, before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller.
Reference to the substation that is allocated to the TrDr-bus de-DE: Verweis auf die ID der ZLV-Bus-Unterstation, die an den ZLV-Bus angeschlossen wird.
Link to a trigger assignment that informs about route locking.
Private roadway. de-DE: Privatweg fr-FR: chemin privé nl-NL: priveweg
SPAD detection is configured for this signal.
A post is a permanent structure with a solid foundation.
The warning system uses these hardware components to warn staff.
The barrier forks and is mounted symmetrically on the mechanism. de-DE: beidseitig
Level 2 without lateral light signalling. This includes areas that have light signals at the level transitions and/or some yard signals.
Indicates whether this balise is a duplicate of an adjacent balise. Implements ETCS variable M_DUP. Can be left out in early planning stages when this information is not yet known.
Designation of the track where the block working system applies.
A rack in the relay room/signal box where field cables arrive and cores are dispatched to the interlocking or other systems. de-DE: Kabelabschlussgestell im Stw Gebaeude
Limitation de vitesse « catégories spéciales ».
Automatic Route Setting de-DE: Zuglenk (ZL) Anstoss
Designates the quadrant or corner where the mechanism is situated (can be added to the designation text).
RO-0303 - ID Overlap authority dependent
SI-0318 - Signal real active display panel
Zulässige Grundstellungsarten je TVPS (direkt, eingeschränkt, vorbereitend, vorbereitend mit Stw-Quittierung)
The start date and time for the Time Frame.
RO-1816 - ID Point to keep the entrance signal closed
The impact energy of the train is dissipated by a hydraulic piston.
The extension direction is (yet) unknown.
EULYNX parameter Anti-toggle time, Con_t_Anti_Toggle_Time, is a configurable delay, defining the duration of a TVPS in state XXXXTVPS occupied and unable to be forced to clearXXXX or XXXXTVPS disturbed and unable to be forced to clearXXXX between an outgoing wheel and the reporting of the new status XXXXTVPS occupied and able to be forced to clear" or XXXXTVPS disturbed and able to be forced to clear".
Detects avalanches, land slip, or rock-fall.
The train describer substation can be anchored to the line.
Separates two electrified sections with different voltages.
Quai bas à droite et à gauche.
LO-0308 - Succession locking switch on/off
Allows grouping the TDS sections that can be overridden by one control button (SNCF approach).
TR-0904 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Has speed depending on ETCS train category.
A block element sets the block in one or more of these ways.
A signal has one or more signal frames. A signal frame has an aspect that is either passive or active, i.e. that can change aspect. A non-physical signal has no frame
Full standard LEU functionality, including current sensing. de-DE: voll
If present, the point blades are mechanically coupled to a point position indicator, that is either backlit or reflective.
Distance between from-to balise groups (N_PIG=0)
Indicates the cabinet's position relative to the given equipment support or signal.
Maximum speed with which a train can approach the ARS trigger point. de-DE: Zulässige Höchstgeschwindigkeit zwischen Vorsignal und berechnetem Einschaltpunkt.
A LC system that reports good working order. The interlocking will deny routes when this information is absent. de-DE: FSÜ-BÜ
Electric length of the section, computed according to the regulations and the local particularities.
OC-1416 - Object references (other data bases)
PM-0601 - EULYNX DP interface general attributes
Issue command "SBUE". de-DE: Bedienkommando "SBUE" (Hilfsfunktion schließen BÜ).
$XREFPROP=$XID={332851F5-2791-4d1e-A72E-645B97126F7A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={2A4BFAD8-AF93-494a-8C77-EED1B05A645F}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Used if no details about the signal opening are needed.
Grouping of lockout areas representing SNCF "protection". fr-FR: Groupement de Zones élémentaires de protections.
TS-0906 - Object references (other data bases)
GE-0904 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
$XREFPROP=$XID={EACE95A2-CB2F-40f6-B657-AF07CF4F09DE}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={6CD86C35-58F5-4611-80CC-CCA54D23ABF3};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={2B0114FD-EED6-4186-AD43-F7D5107965B7}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
de-DE: Bestätig Qualitätsprüfung
RO-1828 - ID TVD sections to be occupied
Indicates the reset strategy in case of malfunction. Absence of a strategy means that the strategy is (yet) unknown.
A CES is issued when the point element is in the given position.
If a train passes the route exit signal at danger, the associated signals are closed.
A transformer is placed at an electrification overlap that must be protected.
The derailer is engaged and will derail a passing train.
RO-0404 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Access is not restricted. All railway staff (operators, drivers) can have access.
Zone A is subordinate to B (which implies that B is superordinate to A).
For fixed data balises. Allows explicit definition of fixed balise data. de-DE: Festdatenbalise
$XREFPROP=$XID={D2570AC0-65A3-4838-BC7B-A1B5133E4070}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={6CD86C35-58F5-4611-80CC-CCA54D23ABF3};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={2C106209-02ED-4e4f-BF4F-2CD0E1867717}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
LC-0204 - Object references (other data bases)
The span of roadway and pathway that is blocked by the lowered boom. de-DE: Sperrlaenge
$XREFPROP=$XID={8D04276C-DC6E-4081-9B1C-DA31126D885A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={2CE3E57C-E851-4b93-98EE-F4566A26CC9E}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Applies to this work zone, also known as a lockout area.
PL-0209 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
SI-0372 - Basic object general attributes
ND-0201 - Norm drawing parameter general attributes
plastic DE: Kunststoff NL: kunststof FR: matière plastique
PD-0608 - Object references (other data bases)
fr-FR: Vérifie l'état du transit si l'aiguille est dans une position donnée.
fr-FR: L'intervalle est délimité par deux signaux.
Equipment covering an area related to the track.
de-DE: Reiterpfad fr-FR: chemin équestre nl-NL: ruiterpad
Height over nearest rail. Can be specialised in national domain if a national list of allowed heights applies.
Node at the end of the digitised topology. The IM may well own the network beyond this point but the topology isn't available in terms of EULYNX DP and RSM topology.
Reference to a TVP section that governs the track occupied/clearance criterion. de-DE: Verweis auf den zugehörigen Gleisabschnitt.
Section that must be proven vacant so that the safety distance is protected.
TS-1510 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The speed that characterises the train category speed class.
Reference to a set of (asset, state) tuples.
Signal that may open to the given aspect if the conditions in the route relation evaluate to true.
A building that houses an operating centre
GE-1914 - Basic object general attributes
A platform has one or more edges. It is possible to manage the edges and platforms separately (NR approach) or state that the edge is an integral part of the platform (DB approach).
The length of the RSM linear location indicates the minimum length of cable. Additional length has to be added for the distance to the connected elements outside the cable duct topology.
Contains spot-, linear- and area-location
The telegram set defines a set of parameters
Minimum speed that is assumed for a pedestrian clearing the track crossing. de-DE: minimale Räumgeschwindigkeit von Fußgängern fr-FR: non renseigné car constant nl-NL: niet opgeslagen
de-DE: Sperrstrecke als Abstand Lz/Andreaskreuz - gegenüberliegende Gefahrraumgrenze (d). Die Angabe ist nur bei unbeschrankten Bahnübergängen erforderlich.
TR-1204 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
PL-0307 - Basic object general attributes
The objects in the initial state. An initial time frame is mandatory for NR.
TD-0607 - TDS electrical characteristics
Reference to an attached map that acts as a geographic underlay for the planning of the level crossing.
GE-1013 - Basic object general attributes
The property group splits into meta-data for this single stage.
The block line is designed for the given braking distance. Only used by DB for validation purposes. de-DE: Bremsweg als Grundlage für die Dimensionierung der zugehörigen Strecke. SNCF documents show the signals and the distances between signals, ergo no need for braking distance parameter.
Individual components of a turnout and its movable elements can be spot-located.
PM-0824 - Coordinate system planning area
Informs about the locality under control.
OC-1409 - Reserved IP adress block grey V6
Record train number departing in the given direction. de-DE: A - Ausfahrdruck
The right branch of the point imposes a speed restriction. The construction of the component, blade, nose or diamond can impose a speed restriction.
RO-1305 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Track gradient in the supervised section de-DE: Kennzahl für die Streckenneigung im Überwachungsabschnitt.
A signal can carry more than one frame. Each frame may target a different alignment point, depending on the light parameters or on the type of route (e.g. shunting vs. main route).
Classification of the carriage way or path that crosses the rail tracks.
Reading distance with the help of mitigation works, e.g. removing obstruction by foliage.
Dans le cas de la grande vitesse, le commutateurs CmPT : Commutateur de protection, ils sont mis en XXXXXuvre sur toute partie de voie munie de TVM (postes et intervalles). Cette protection résulte de la manXXXXXuvre de commutateurs disposés le long de la ligne de chaque côté des voies. Ils sont utilisés soit pour les travaux par le Chef de Chantier, soit pour la protection des obstacles inopinés par les agents chargés de la maintenance ou les conducteurs. La mise en protection d'un commutateur entraîne la protection du (ou des) canton correspondant au commutateur quel que soit le sens de circulation.
Allows pairing a mast with up to 2 other masts across the tracks.
TR-1003 - Object references (other data bases)
Used for a crossing without switchable diamond.
Single-track operation equipped for bidirectional operation.
A walkway crossing at the level of the rails, for accessing a platform situated between two tracks. DE: Resi, Reisendensicherungsanlage (von Bahnpersonal gesperrt und in Stellwerkslogik eingespeist). UK: barrow crossing (not in use anymore)
The designed duration during which the transition acknowledgement is requested. Given this duration this value, one computes the L_ACKLEVELTR or L_ACKMAMODE.
$XREFPROP=$XID={11F70D43-E6AA-4b43-A621-B2242B91B27E}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={365DB935-64CD-4028-BCB5-5C60E905FAE9}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Recursive relation between platform edges. For instance: An operational edge can be part of a usable edge. An usable edge can be part of a Infrastructural edge. A usable edge can contain several operational edges.
Reference to the central interlocking to which the train describer is allocated. de-DE: Verweis auf die ESTW-Zentraleinheit oder ein Relaisstellwerk, zu der diese ZN oder für die eine ZN-Einwahlstelle geplant wurde.
Diagnostic data from the controlled track asset are channeled to this diagnostics collector.
LB-0101 - Block element general attributes
Rafraîchissement dXXXXXXXXespace pour canton court.
PL-0107 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The link reaction, given when it differs from the standard reaction as defined by rules.
Release and block key lock. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Schlüsselsperre entsperren" (freigeben) und "Schlüsselsperre sperren" (Freigabe zurücknehmen).
RO-0705 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LB-0116 - Object references (other data bases)
PL-0208 - Object references (other data bases)
OP-0211 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: Verschluss Die Flankenschutzweiche wird in der Linkslage verschlossen.
LC-13 - EquipmentTypeLevelCrossingBlockIndicator
Details how the data release was produced. This allows a user of a snapshot data set to assess the quality of the data. E.g. notes about conversion problems or gaps in the data.
LO-0208 - Object references (other data bases)
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=has deletion delay;
The delay after which the train identity is deleted. Only used in case of manual deletion. Given in seconds. de-DE: Verzögerungszeit, bis die Löschung der Zugnummer erfolgt. Die Angabe ist bei manueller Zugnummernlöschung notwendig.
The change must have been completed with this distance (counting from the marker). Also known as transition length. This length would normally be calculated by design rules, derived from time/max speed, and can be recorded here for validation purposes.
The crocodile is designed to trigger a train-board reaction. If this is a train recognition crocodile, no reaction is given (Paris suburban trains.)
ETCS Level 2 properties. Instantiating this class and linking it to a balise group expresses that it is a balise group for Level2.
Only given when the detector is needed to make occupancy detection of the section more reliable.
AR-0204 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
BO-0303 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The object was designed according to a set of rules and regulations that has this date stamp.
The delay between the route call and the check that the signal has opened. de-DE: Prüfung auf Fahrtstellung Signal nach Anstoß innerhalb einer Zeit, bei Nicht-Fahrtstellung Lenkabbruch, Angabe in Sekunden, Standard 120 s. Der gewählte Wert muss größer sein als die Summe aus Anstoßverzögerung und Fahrstraßenbildungszeit.
The limit of a local operating zone requests flank protection.
ND-0108 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
TD-0801 - TDS element general attributes
Allows stating conditions under which shunting routes into a berthing track are conflicting. de-DE: Gegenfahrtausschluss von Rangierstraßen in ein Inselgleis
Control trailed point. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Aufgefahrene Weiche umstellen".
fr-Fr: L'enclenchement est associé à un intervalle.
References to all overlaps for this route. Can be left out when all overlaps at the route's exit are available through other means, e.g. attached to exit signal or by inspection of signalling plans.
The LEU module gets input from a track asset, one or more of signal turnout TPS device controller level crossing system
uninteruptable power supply. The UPS is connected to the main grid and continues to work for some time when the mains fail.
PD-0505 - ID Points operating staggering feature
Indicates whether EoM (exit from ETCS) is allowed at this signal. Trains under ETCS cannot pursue their mission. de-DE: ob bei einer ETCS-Sperre ein Ausstieg aus L2 erlaubt ist.
TR-0602 - Track designation general attributes
Track circuit that is both used for vacancy detection and train approach detection. de-DE: isolierte Schiene, FMA mitbenutzt.
a set of speed restrictions that cannot be upgraded.
TD-0625 - Object references (other data bases)
AR-0706 - Initiation by ATP system possible
Expresses e.g. that a button deactivates a level crossing.
AR-0114 - Object references (other data bases)
A pole is a lightweight mounting structure with a simple or even without a foundation. Alternative, more common choice, is the post. Simple passive signs could be mounted on poles.
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=pre-announcement generated in this direction;
Given if and when a pre-announcement is to be generated from this display field. The application is with respect to the direction of the topological element on which the field is projected. de-DE: Angabe, ob aus diesem ZN Anzeigefeld eine Vormeldung generiert wird Sofern aus dem ZN_Anzeigefeld eine Vormeldung generiert wird, ist die entsprechende Richtung anzugeben.
The power source type is indicated if no actual object that is the source of power can be indicated.
Limitation de vitesse « catégorie générale ».
OC-1417 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
level crossing installations supplying power (DB)
Simplified procedural movement authority without technical block protection. de-DE: Zugleitbetrieb
FC-U, Force section status to clear, unconditional
TD-0908 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
GE-1104 - Object references (other data bases)
The distance between signal/sign and track crossing centre.
Type of traction. Left out when not electrified. de-DE: Traktionsart
alias=number display is deleted from this field;
From this train number field. de-DE: Verweis auf das ZN-Anzeigefeld in der Bedienoberfläche, von dem aus die Zugnummer fortgeschaltet wird.
Spot without length (e.g. single balise).
Overlap release timer starts when train clears the TVP section. Typically used in reversing scenarios.
AR-0502 - ARS signal group general attributes
The area allows trains equipped with this ETCS system version.
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=number display appears in this field;
To this train number field. de-DE: Verweis auf das ZN-Anzeigefeld in der Bedienoberfläche, in das die Zugnummer fortgeschaltet wird.
Multiplicity 0..* : a fixing that is a gantry or foundation has no frame.
Angle in degrees between axis of road/way and track. The angle is defined for Quadrant 1 or 3.
LB-0210 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Reference to the point coordinate as registered in the GIS, where the chainage anchor is located.
The mapping view for a given track crossing.
Reading distance without any mitigation works, i.e. assessed on site before removing obstructions. Applies either to a signal or to individual signal frame.
Removed+introduced equipment, NR: existing (black) recovered (green in UK, yellow on the continent, to be removed at this step) new(red) This allows visualising the changes in a file.
Hand back local control to interlocking. Once pressed, the signalman and interlocking can take back control of the local area. de-DE: Fertigmeldetaste.
FC-C, Force section status to clear, conditional
TS-1509 - Object references (other data bases)
Container for the RSM elements that constitute the track topology.
fr-FR: Le transit est associé à un sens.
Point that can cause a derailing when in protecting position. This point has no nose.
The movable element controlling the LEU. Can also be used to designate the LEU.
A trench in the earth where the cable is buried.
TD-0508 - Basic object general attributes
The diamond is spot-located where the two linear net elements cross.
LO-0313 - Basic object general attributes
LO-0203 - Local operating area operating display functions
$XREFPROP=$XID={B493CCE0-3FF3-49f1-89AF-E45E85119AFA}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={428CCC5F-9822-4858-87BE-818A63D21349}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
SI-0706 - Object references (other data bases)
a three-centered curved point de-DE: Korbbogenweiche
Actuation is prevented by a plug that prevents the interlocking from moving the element (de-DE: Betriebsartenstecker) unplugging power removing the drive.
An LEU can get input from another LEU module.
Duration of the alarm sound accompanying the train display field. de-DE: Dauer einer akustischen Meldung im ZN Anzeigefeld.
Target track of the shunting route must be occupied. de-DE: Zielgleis Rangierstrasse muss besetzt sein.
LC-1014 - Basic object general attributes
Length of track that departing trains can use. nl-NL: bruikbare lengte. De maximale doorlopende lengte van een spoor waarop een trein in normale omstandigheden moet stoppen rekening houdend met een passende stoptolerantie. Normale exploitatie betekent dat er geen sprake is van gestoord bedrijf namelijk normale adhesie, werkende seinen, alle systemen functioneren naar behoren)
refers to the signal or sign related to the track crossing
Disallows main route setting into the lockout area but shunting movements are allowed.
Ordered operational speed. de-DE: V-Befehl-Z; Befehlsfahrgeschwindigkeit für Zugfahrt.
TS-0305 - TD display field general attributes
$XREFPROP=$XID={3DA05FE4-4D99-4c28-80B6-EDE9E896AE08}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={4595803C-2416-4632-99E7-D5B211C7D641}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The distance between the traffic sign and the nearest edge of the road or path to which the sign applies.
Timer Restrijweg Vrijmaken (RV) De RV timer is bepaald aan hand van alle routes en de langste sectie naar het eindsein. Deze tijd wordt dan toegepast op elke rijweg naar het eindsein.
Reference to the vertical alignment segment as defined in the RSM namespace. The bounds of the linear location inform the start and end of the segment.
Allows adding accompanying documents. This could for instance link to a exception procedure, french derogation.
De maximale snelheid aan het begin van het vertrekspoor (V_NVSTIFF).
LC-0707 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Rail mounting is often used for temporary signs.
Subset of subject matter data in the final state; a snapshot of the situation that is the target of a project stage. de-DE: LST Zustand Ziel
Reference to a civil structure defined in a different register of preexisting civil assets. E.g. a database of bridges, gantries, posts etc.
Sections are crossed in direction x-y-z. Section x is released if y has been released, x turns vacant and z is occupied. nl-NL: Actief, de sectie y wordt vrijgereden als de voorgaande sectie x vrijgereden is, de eigen sectie y niet meer bezet is en de volgende sectie z wel.
Personnel must observe and acknowledge the state of the asset (because the system cannot technically acquire information from the asset) E.g. the driver reports that a point is in a given position, upon which the system issues a movemement authority. May be used for Track Ahead Free (TAF) where the driver acknowledges that a section ahead is vacant.
An interlocking normally controls the element, even when the element can be taken over for local working e.g. shunting.
TR-0705 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
TS-1301 - TD system connection to central operating system general attributes
The overlap timer T_OL. If not given, overlap has infinite validity.
TS-1115 - Basic object general attributes
A TVP section is linear except when it spans a point or crossing. Area and linear locations both relate to one or more RSM associated net elements, so the TVP section is always located at an area location. TDS components such as joints and axle counters are situated at the ends of the section and data engineers should beware that the spot location of these detectors don't conflict with the location of the TVP section. Note that the section can have an application direction.
EYLYNX parameter Con_tmax_Response_Time_FC_P_A is a configurable timer, defining the maximum time between receiving a FC-P-A-command and a successful sweeping train (difference between the counted incoming and outgoing Wheels is "0"). This timer could be deactivated by configuration.
Début de zone à grande vitesse
NR approach: an average speed, or a percentile of surveyed speeds of vehicles crossing, e.g. 85% of cars are faster than 60 mph.
Refers to ETCS balise group used as boundary. The actual technical transition can have an offset with respect to the balise group. Can be a balise group that acts as Last Relevant Balise Group (LRBG) at a transition ordered by the RBC. de-DE: Grenzdatenpunkt
Record train number of non-stopping train. de-DE: D - Durchfahrdruck
OC-0913 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The maximum speed in km/h that applies to the speed section.
The detector is activated by the detection of train passage (UK: strike-in). nl-NL: relatie met railcontact
Area where the actual engineering is carried out. Changes to objects are allowed and to be expected within this area. de-DE: Planungsbereich
LO-0311 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=has project meta-data;
Project planning for a (re-)signalling project. de-DE: LST Planung Projekt
The barrier mechanism is located at this spot location. The spot location's application direction is undefined (use quadrant and angle instead).
de-DE: 96 cm: grösste zulässige Höhe (nur für ausschliesslich dafür vorgesehene S-Bahnfahrzeuge)
LB-0311 - Basic object general attributes
Flank protection is provided by derailers in position engaged. Software should check that the data don't wrongfully state that flank protection is provided by non-engaged derailers.
$XREFPROP=$XID={55645C15-703C-4526-B344-17094D82191A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={49D1EF3F-1276-4e8f-93D6-3EFBB2F2EA53}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=is coupled with associated display field;
Link to another display field. E.g. used to pre-announce incoming trains. de-DE: Verweis auf ein zugehöriges ZN-Anzeigefeld, z. B. bei der Anordnung von Voranzeige- oder Anbiete-/Annahmefeldern.
A group of one RBC and one or more interlocking that need to exchange signalling information.
Reference to the 8m balise group at a shortened departure track. nl-NL: Een verwijzing naar de 8m balise groep bij een ingekort vertrekspoor in een NCBG.
The aspect proving relation checks this signal/message combination.
FP-0305 - Object references (other data bases)
La zone de demande utilise le transit pour son orientation. La demande n'a lieu que si l'itinéraire est bien orienté.
GE-0906 - Basic object general attributes
States that the TP system protects a buffer stop (in use with ProRail and NR).
TR-0804 - Object references (other data bases)
SI-0348 - Train standing safety considerations
GE-0812 - Object references (other data bases)
The type of function that the display field fulfills.
Cycle path that is parallel and attached to the road. de-DE: Radweg parallel
TP-0910 - Object references (other data bases)
Refers to a set of RSM positioned relations that connect linear elements.
EULYNX parameter Con_tmax_Response_Time_FC_P_A_For_Acknowledgment is a configurable timer, defining the maximum time between sending an acknowledgment request from Subsystem - Train Detection System to Subsystem - Electronic Interlocking and receiving the acknowledgement from the Subsystem - Electronic Interlocking while executing an FC-P-A-command.
The master signal dictates the message that a dependent signal can show.
de-DE: Landstraße innerorts fr-FR: non utilisé nl-NL: provinciale weg, bebouwde kom
LD-0108 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The point and position that is supposed to provide flank protection transmits the request to the next point and position. de-DE: weitergabe
The unique direction in which the train is derailed, given with respect to the RSM application (or effective) direction. The application direction is an attribute of the RSM spot location that is associated with the derailer. Most commonly left or right, although a wide gauge derailer can derail a train towards the middle/centre.
GE-0108 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The ETCS balise group is used for level transitions.
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=is allocated to station;
The station to which the display field is allocated. de-DE: Bahnhofsnummer, in deren Bereich das ZN-Anzeigefeld angeordnet wird
A simple point with clothoid geometry. de-DE: Klothoïdenweiche
Reference to the cant segment as defined in the RSM namespace.
PL-0101 - Platform access general attributes
TR-1004 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
en-UK: dropper de-DE: Signalkorb fr-FR: nacelle
$XREFPROP=$XID={FCA14844-2F12-48e0-828E-7817591E9FAB}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={4E4E20C1-78A3-4429-86BD-8C873CD4EB6B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
$XREFPROP=$XID={E11B7E17-6405-4f2f-9C4D-4734716EC0F8}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={4EA84B91-417D-46bc-8859-28592A0E4FA6}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The end date and time for the Time Frame.
AR-0506 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Informations pour Cartes de Sortie Série Parallèle.
PL-0406 - Basic object general attributes
Annulation dXXXXXXXXun TIVD en talon dXXXXXXXXappareil.
LC-0804 - Object references (other data bases)
Informs that the TrDr system shall send a telegram of the given type in conjunction with the given route. The relaying of telegram 84/85 apply to either main or shunting routes. de-DE: Für diese ZN und Fahrstraße, soll das Telegramm 84/85 gesendet werden.
GE-1405 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Light signal and two half barriers. de-DE: LzH_F
Length of the reduced speed section. de-DE: Länge des Bereichs der Geschwindigkeitseinschränkung.
Indicates the next operational locality that is reached when travelling from the block element down the block line.
The project meta-data splits into one or more groups of meta-data.
Refers to the controller that normally controls the field element: (decentral) interlocking or field object controller.
EA: In Fahrtrichtung zuerst Einschaltmagnet (GSE), dann Wirkmagnet, dann Ausschaltmagnet (GSA)
Reference drawing for a distant signal marker board. de-DE: Verweis auf die Regelzeichnung für die Vorsignaltafel.
de-DE: Andere Signalfunktionen, die nicht explizit aufgeführt werden müssen.
Category for trains carrying freight or goods.
LC-0505 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
GE-1904 - Operational point abbreviation
The impact of a train is dissipated by friction, e.g. the train pushes the buffer stop some way along the track.
It is the responsibility of the data designer to ensure subroutes have compatible types and properties. For instance, a composite call-on route mixing shunting and main routes would create a conflict.
Set of predefined telegrams for ETCS Level 2.
AR-0206 - Basic object general attributes
Auxiliary point control command. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Weiche hilfsweise umstellen".
PD-0423 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Also known as norm drawings. Typically CAD drawing.
The train protection marker refers to an operational locality, e.g. administrative area or control area. de-DE: Maßgebende Örtlichkeit des Stellbereichs, in dem sich die Bereichsgrenze befindet.
Signals show Kl/Sh1, Only locally-operated points can be thrown, Level crossing operation with shunting switch. de-DE: NB-G: Signale zeigen Kl/Sh1; nur ortsbediente Weichen umstellbar; BÜ-Bedienung mit Rangierschalter.
The routes never conflict. de-DE: Gegenfahrtausschluss besteht nicht.
Reference to the location of interest/reference/description that is used as the local datum.
Début de zone de transmission continue en construction.
TS-1412 - Basic object general attributes
TS-0326 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: Sperrstrecke als Abstand Lz/Andreaskreuz - gegenüberliegende Schranke (dF). Die Angabe ist nur bei beschrankten Bahnübergängen erforderlich.
This frame is designed to display a restricted movement authority that applies when the normal signal aspect cannot be displayed. RFI: two flashing white or blue lamps. See Aspect for the exact meaning of this aspect.
The height over the ground level at which the reflector is mounted.
The section must be proven vacant before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller.
GE-1609 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
TS-0314 - TD display field without display
Reference to a massive metal structure such as a bridge.
PD-0801 - ID Points operating staggering feature
This frame is designed to display a restricted movement authority, e.g. in degraded situations when the normal aspect cannot be displayed. RFI: two white or blue flashing lights. SNCF: oeuilleton maps to indicator because it belongs to the main frame.
LC-0614 - Object references (other data bases)
Controller of the ATB VV system, housed in an ASK cabinet.
RO-0807 - Basic object general attributes
PM-0803 - Planning group general attributes
Reference to the object that is positioned in this view.
Refers to a signal that shows the position of the movable element.
de-DE: Fussweg fr-FR: traversée piéton nl-NL: voetpad
Zone A is superordinate to B (which implies that B is subordinate to A).
AR-0305 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The planned finish date of the project. This allows sorting projects by date. Usually, only the year, month and optionally day are meaningful.
A series of points, i.e. an polygon, representing an alignment.
Train approach triggers the level crossing. The level crossing system reports status to the interlocking. The signaller monitors and intervenes in case of failure. de-DE: Fü
$XREFPROP=$XID={93A97FD8-C17B-4aee-B5EF-E5E5FAF663EA}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={55EF82B8-5AC9-4bc2-8BDF-C086F5E896B0}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
PM-0910 - Construction step long designation
Request local control over (group of) point(s). Another button or switch is foreseen for throwing the point(s). de-DE: Weichengruppentaste, notwendig um Weiche um zu stellen innerhalb NB welche sonnst von Stw bedient wird.
Reference to a telegram that needs balise group linking information.
de-DE: Angaben zur Sperrstrecke bei BÜ der Art LzH bzw. LzHH. Teilsperrstrecke als Abstand Lz - Schranke (d1).
Reference to the preferred overlap of this route.
RO-0805 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
define one linear element for each line to carry the line kilometreage.
PM-0702 - Project meta data general attributes
Balises in transition zones may be known to two RBCs (DB approach). Alternatively, balises can link to individual routes (ProRail approach). The RBC needs to know the balises that can be used as LRBG. This information could be filled in by the IM or the supplier.
The release instrument releases the track asset so that it can be operated locally.
Dual gauge has two values for the distance between the rails, e.g. in CH.
Equipement complémentaire d'un signal.
A space fitted with operation control and command equipment. de-DE: Leitstelle nl-NL: VL-ruimte fr-FR: Poste de controle
RO-1005 - Object references (other data bases)
A movable lock that keeps the point blade(s) in place. en-GB: Facing Point Lock (FPL). The scheme design provides the label for the designation. The label maps to the inherited designation class. fr-FR: Verrou Carter Coussinet (VCC).
When this line-side device detects a dangerous situation, e.g. a hot axle box, the ETCS signal is where the train is stopped.
main frame of the signal; a signal can have several main frames SNCF: chassis-lampe, RFI: vela, DB: Schirm, PR: lamphuis, NR: signal housing.
The housing of the cable joint installation tends to dictate which class to use. The function is always the same, i.e. joining, terminating cables and wires. A cable termination rack is housed in the IL room or in a cabinet in the IL room.
For this route to be set, the preceding route must be set. This allows a train to cross a tunnel or other zone whilst being sure that it does not stop. Also used when trains cross from one IL to another. de-De: Folgeabhängigkeit nl-NL: X/G routes
Minimum road opening time. Either 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the type of level crossing.
TR-0406 - Basic object general attributes
RO-1836 - ID Point to keep the entrance signal closed
GE-1407 - Basic object general attributes
Time interval between general messages from RBC to train. This checks that the train is still communicating with the RBC.
LO-0211 - Basic object general attributes
TD-0505 - Object references (other data bases)
SI-0603 - Signal fixing general attributes
The impedance bond is spot-located on or beside the line.
A loop in the ATB EG train protection system. NL: ATB EG lus
Informs about the equipment that triggers the warning system.
The obstacle detection works fully automatically (typical for radar).
BO-0302 - Object references (other data bases)
Ordered speed for shunting trip. de-DE: V-Befehl-R; Befehlsfahrgeschwindigkeit für Rangierfahrt.
The lock is a dependent lock in this lock combination.
Type of medium. de-DE: physikalischer Kommunikationsträger
The Central Safety System (CSS) integrates interlocking and RBC functionality.
A EULYNX DP route body maps to an RSM route body. Information about location in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace.
The speed for which the line is designed. Only used by DB for validation purposes.
LO-0106 - Operating command "reverse splitted point"
Plan of Train Describer System Computer Room
AR-0604 - Object references (other data bases)
$XREFPROP=$XID={0CD3D255-00E5-43fc-8A9B-7589269FD399}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={6CD86C35-58F5-4611-80CC-CCA54D23ABF3};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={5C7D430C-56FF-4400-8587-688EF9770BF5}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Protects line-side workers, patrol men, by preventing train movement in the wrong direction.
LC-0706 - Object references (other data bases)
Containment positioned between the rails (derailment plinth).
The barrier is mounted on the side of the mechanism. de-DE: einseitig
Equipment covering a section or sections of track (Section Equipment).
The active aspect set shown when the commanded set of active aspects can't be shown.
AE: in Fahrtrichtung zuerst Ausschaltmagnet (GSA) dann Einschaltmagnet (GSE), dann Wirkmagnet
Details about materials relevant to the supplier such as desired reuse of materials, or availability of materials in storage.
A local reference that helps staff find the track asset.
LO-0107 - Operating command "route in track without contact line"
The lock is a component of the key release instrument.
The given signal sends this signal message to the train driver.
LB-0309 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Used only for point locks. Indicates left or right side, viewed from the facing side of the point.
$XREFPROP=$XID={1EF23D60-3040-41c0-93CD-E7FA9A941F7D}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={5F9B42E5-E955-4aac-9D1D-23BED0BE537B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Speed profile in force under high-wind conditions.
Used in those cases that rules are insufficient to describe flank protection DB: not filled in because implemented by supplier by rules. NR: only special cases are described.
The driving time between the moment the driver sees the signal and the moment the signal opens. de-DE: 15 s en-GB: not used.
LO-0507 - Object references (other data bases)
An ETCS node can map to a crossing diamond
Maximum speed in the supervised speed section. de-DE: V-Zul-Strecke; Zulässige Geschwindigkeit im Bereich des Überwachungsabschnitts.
Dans le cas de la grande vitesse, commutateur de limitation de vitesse (80, 170km/h) : Les commutateurs sont situés dans les vestibules des centres d'appareillage (postes ou CAI), cette limitation de vitesse concerne les deux sens de circulation et est commandé sur le canton concerné. Elle est prévue dans les zones où l'espace disponible ne permet pas au personnel d'être à distance suffisante pour échapper à l'effet de souffle provoqué par le passage des circulations (tunnels, viaducs, tranchées couvertes, murs anti-bruit,...).
The Euroloop has up to two End Of Loop Markers.
In case the time stamp does not uniquely define the applied set of rules and regulations, an attachment/document describing the applicable implementation can be referred to.
Reference to the source of electric power.
Time frame that limits the lifetime of the locality. Can be an open interval.
The timer during which the loop stays active. Timer starts at activation.
LC-0405 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
OP-0601 - Operating display element general attributes
ND-0107 - Object references (other data bases)
RO-1108 - Basic object general attributes
Train category that the design speed is applied to.
GE-0201 - Elevation point general attributes
Containment positioned on the right with respect to topological linear element.
ND-0207 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Auxiliary linking if normal linking is insufficient. de-DE: Hilfsverkettung
Supplier-proprietary Fibre optical cable de-DE: SBI-intern LWL-Faser
A time-limited, i.e. temporary speed restriction.
GE-0211 - Basic object general attributes
Refers to the methods and tools applied to correct the data set. If more than one were applied, the user can list the processing steps in order of application.
TS-0325 - Object references (other data bases)
A CES is issued when the section is occupied.
Grundstellungseinschränkung (RFC - Restriction to force section to clear) überwacht bei Grundstellungsversuch für FC-P und FC-P-A (vorbereitend und vorberietend mit Stw-Quittierung)
GE-1809 - Basic object general attributes
TP-0803 - Intermittent train protection element track magnet
a (passive, metal) plate showing a fixed aspect, For instance a painted or lit letter P, W or S, speed limit numeral or a written message like "call signalman" (refer to aspect for the meaning). An (ETCS) stop marker board is a sign.
The location of the edge of the platform roof. This also informs to which side of the associated linear element(s) the roof is located.
RO-1817 - Standoff ("Affrontement") route locking
LC-0608 - LC interface general attributes
PD-0514 - Track section clearance point left
The derailer is not engaged and will not derail a passing train.
TD-0626 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
RO-1831 - Limited "wrong direction" ("IPCS") route locking
The UI element interacts with a movable component E.g. SNCF can in some cases operate individual blade and lock (verrou)
The LEU cabinet can have a spot location. This class refers to the where the LEU cabinet is placed, e.g. an overhead line mast or a signal post.
OC-1216 - Basic object general attributes
Signal only opens when level crossing is proven closed.
A route can require any number of point elements to adopt a given position in order to provide flank protection.
fr-FR: Avertissement et frein d'urgence.
Delay between the moment the approach section turns from vacant to occupied and the moment the interlocking locks the route.
ETCS exit always takes place at this signal, whether or not an ETCS blockage exists.
The spot location where the section timer starts counting down.
The train is allowed to proceed with a shunting route. Ist betrieblich die Weiterfahrt einer Zugfahrt als Rangierfahrt zu gestatten
SI-0304 - ID Main route simultaneous lockout
The key box is located at the given spot location.
RO-1824 - Standoff ("Affrontement") route locking with two interlockings
A non-physical signal may have a physical representation in the field with a passive board or a marker.
The ARS trigger for this speed category is delayed by the given duration. Typically 0 for the fastest category. de-DE: Verzögerungszeit für den ZL-Anstoß. Ist keine tv erforderlich, ist 0 anzugeben.
The delta data release has this set of changes.
SI-0347 - Stations view all staff positions
$XREFPROP=$XID={9E6CE4D4-6722-4c29-912D-0DE7FC98E65E}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={698727F5-61B4-4fce-AFC3-9158303C91FB}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Autonomous supply for low power. E.g. solar panel for a LEU.
Refers to a signal that is included in the group.
Local manual operation by hand-pulled levers. Forces can be transmitted by rods but over a short distance. When forces are transmitted over longer wires and rods, powering is considered mechanical.
$XREFPROP=$XID={C466F198-BAC7-428a-9D91-B26F82C89CF5}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={69FB40E1-7E3A-44a3-8A62-9A85739855C8}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
This signal has a set of properties defining the Encounter Prohibition System.
LC-1011 - Object references (other data bases)
The data file is the binary representation of this telegram.
The section that triggers the (delayed) release of the overlap. German Zielgleis, UK berthing track. Condition for release is found in overlap release condition.
LB-0308 - Object references (other data bases)
A plug that emulates the behaviour of the level crossing. DE: Hp-Ersatzstecker
The work executed to achieve the process step or the result of the work (e.g. note of approval in principle, quality approval note) is documented in an attachment.
Reference to an area location corresponding for instance to a tunnel.
LD-0409 - Basic object general attributes
A pseudo cable duct where the cable hangs freely.
Light signal and half barrier and two separate foot/cycle paths with own barrier. de-DE: LzH_2F
de-DE: Kreisstrasse innerorts fr-FR: route départementale en agglomération nl-NL: niet gebruikt
en-GB: The ARS can deploy a number of sub-areas.
The design organisation, engineering company, that created the plans for this group of plans. fr-FR: bureau d'études (champ obligatoire) de-DE: Ingenieurbüro
Informs the ETCS baseline for which the set of national values applies.
Plan of Train Describer System Operation Room
Spot location; paper coordinates for the purpose of plotting a scheme plan - not a geographical position. de-DE: Positionierung der ZN-Unterstation(en) auf dem ZLV-Bus-Übersichtsplan.
$XREFPROP=$XID={0D44F568-65E8-4d09-B300-517B3F733233}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={6BCC1D48-EF95-418a-A05A-C66C4ABBC53C}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Date and time when the annotation was created.
Two locks have one single key indicating that these two locks are dependent.
Complex equipment supports may have multiple spot locations, e.g. a gantry with two foundations on each side of the track. The gantry can also support multiple signals, each with its own spot location.
RO-0104 - Object references (other data bases)
AR-0117 - Basic object general attributes
TR-0608 - Object references (other data bases)
The operational locality that determines the naming of the train describer system. de-DE: Örtlichkeit, die für die ZN-Anlage namensgebend ist.
Storage for EULYNX DP objects. Objects that are in the national domain, e.g. NR, ProRail, DB, SNCF, etc., are stored in their own instance of signalling entities.
SI-0611 - Basic object general attributes
AR-0304 - Object references (other data bases)
TD-0605 - Relief 'track free' indication
The ETCS level transition leads towards an area fitted with the given ETCS system version.
The ETCS EoA is located at a given distance in rear of the signal.
The angle between the traffic sign's viewing axis and the tangent at the location of the sign on the linear element of the railway track. Zero is when the sign and linear element point in the same direction. Counting counter-clockwise from 0 to 360 degrees. This allows plotting the sign.
The location of the timer start is at a distance of D_STARTOL in rear of the EoA.
The ARS monitors the correct sequential operation of these track circuits as trains pass through the ARS Data Collection Area.
Block point. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Weiche gegen umstellen sperren".
AR-0411 - Basic object general attributes
Refers to an RBC to which the train is handed over beyond an RBC-RBC border.
SI-0608 - Object references (other data bases)
$XREFPROP=$XID={BE7C38E2-A243-48ee-AFEC-97A496D105F9}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={6E3E2AE2-E7E2-4146-A1FC-A9EB70EC4E03}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
RO-0704 - Object references (other data bases)
The collection of IP addresses is assigned to this controller.
The line fitted for block working has a block element B in the neighbouring yard. No such block element B exists if the line is a dead end.
Synchronised flashing is used to modify the message. For instance: RFI uses in-phase and alternate flashing.
Only report the missed balise to the driver DMI. This doesn't exclude that other link reactions also report the balise. de-DE: Meldereaktion
de-DE: ZugZentralblock Anwendung im Zentralblock oder an Schnittstellen zu anderen Stellwerkstechniken bei Mehrabschnittssignalisierung, Signalabhängigkeiten von Fahrwegelementen auf der freien Strecke oder bei Bedienung einer Awanst. DB-Regelwerk Zug-/Rangierstraßentabelle, Spalte 2
A mechanism drives any number of movable components.
A alignment curve that represents the chainage line.
Optional because the vehicle stop can be specialised.
Distance from the referenced location (positive number). en-UK: set out distance
RO-0403 - Object references (other data bases)
Ferngespeister codierter Tonfrequenz-Gleisstromkreis von Siemens (FTG S) audio frequency track section technology.
The locality can be part of a bigger one, e.g. parts of a station belong to a station. Station can be a part of an administrative area.
The block system is designed for this category of line.
The trigger is assigned to vehicle detection: a VP detector.
Façade for a power supplied by an object such as controller or level crossing.
Reference to the train describer system to which this set of criteria belongs.
TP-0913 - Basic object general attributes
Time starts counting when the trackside has ascertained that there can't be a shadow train in the wake of a HL3 train. Paragraph 3.4.1.4
To be used if the controller is not available or cannot be specified.
Rafraîchissement dXXXXXXXXespace pour canton long.
This collection of IP addresses is reserved for this housing.
$XREFPROP=$XID={6FEA9C87-6E14-401c-86E4-E8CF8FC5CA3B}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={71F8B404-A353-4e9d-98E6-B89CD86F82F6}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The balise group implements the given type of function.
The responsible project manager (PM). May be filled with minimal data if there are concerns about privacy. fr-FR: SNCF: ce champ est obligatoire.
The road traffic sign is associated with this level crossing system
A special light signal that announces imminent clearing of the entry signal. If not provided, the announcement can be messaged to the train staff's mobile device.
The offset of the reference point with respect to: the nearest rail (SNCF, NR). the centre line of the track (DB).
The balise group type as specified in Ril 819.1330
The location of the point on the centre of the track where the road/path starts. Needed in case of a track crossing that is protected by an interlocking-integrated level crossing. DB: BÜ-Kante.
SI-0352 - Conductor rail guard board required
LO-0110 - Operating command "lock key release instrument" and "unlock key release instrument"
Condition that forces the signal to close. This extra condition typically complements another condition that may close the signal earlier. The extra condition can be signal passed at danger (SPAD). In this case, more than one signal in the vicinity can be closed as a protective measure. de-DE: zweites Haltfallkriterium fr-FR: AXF Auxiliaire de Fermeture
OC-1407 - Reserved IP adress block blue V6
A large shippable box. Typically prefabricated and wired in a factory and shipped to site. de-DE: Modulgebäude
The speed is triggered by a contact from an object.
Telegramm 84 - Fahrstraße aufgelöst
RO-0520 - Basic object general attributes
This PZB Magnet is already present and can be reused for speed checking purposes. de-DE: PZB Mitnutzung
LC-0615 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
TR-0404 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: Verzicht Der Flankenschutz wird durch betriebliche Maßnahmen hergestellt; technisch wird darauf verzichtet
de-DE: SV - Haupt- und Vorsignalverbindungen
nl-NL: seinaspect, actief (schakelbaar) of passief (bord)
Maximum speed on the road towards the track crossing.
Highest supervised speed within the supervised section. de-DE: VGR-1; Größte Überwachungsgeschwindigkeit im Überwachungsabschnitt.
The spot location where the decking and the rail tracks cross. There can be multiple locations because more than one rail track can be crossed.
The barrier mechanism belongs to this level crossing system.
The position of the movable element that governs the activation of the warning system. fr-FR: les aiguillages plus leurs positions plus la détection de train déclenche l'alarme.
$XREFPROP=$XID={FA86892C-01AC-4ff0-894A-03E81DDA365C}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={76123287-F5FE-4216-BEAC-4BF7A8E310EA}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The MDM hosts a diagnostic collector service.
TS-0710 - Basic object general attributes
The branch of the point that cannot be proven vacant without extra verifications.
AR-0109 - ARS initiation repetition number
Ground or pile. A pile is a very lightweight mounting structure without any foundation. Commonly used for clearance point markers.
A EULYNX DP vehicle stop refers to a vehicle stop in the RSM namespace.
de-DE: Kreisstrasse ausserorts fr-FR: route départementale nl-NL: niet gebruikt
Minimal length of the safety distance, measured from the route exit signal.
The interlocking normally holds a route if section occupancy sequence doesn't match normal train progress. This function can be configured per section to facilitate shunting movements.
Reference to the signal where the LEU cabinet is placed.
Container for the RSM elements that constitute the cabling network.
FP-0216 - Object references (other data bases)
TR-0503 - Object references (other data bases)
Maximum allowed speed for trains approaching the level crossing. de-De: Höchst zulässige Geschwindigkeit.
AR-0710 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Reference to the housing, typically a cabinet, where equipment is stored. Housing is spot-located.
LC-0507 - Basic object general attributes
La zone de demande utilise l'enclenchement de sens de l'intervalle pour son orientation. La demande n'a lieu que si l'itinéraire est bien orienté.
Reference to the main signal that governs the stepping criterion.
The lowest speed that a vehicle is assumed to have when clearing the crossing.
Record train number of arriving (berthing) train. de-DE: E - Einfahrdruck
A linear location where signals should be avoided. Can differ per travel direction hence multiplicity 0..2
Applies to a facing point (as opposed to fouling point). fr-FR: s'applique à la pointe de l'aiguille.
LC-0908 - Basic object general attributes
GE-1307 - Object references (other data bases)
The cabinet is in front of the signal, viewed from the signal's application direction.
DB: Signalbruecke SNCF: portique RFI: portale
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=disables sub-area;
A SPAD-alarm switches off this ARS sub-area.
Properties of the station to which this TrDr Substation is allocated. de-DE: Parameter der verwalteten Oertlichkeiten, zB. Bahnhoefe.
PL-0106 - Object references (other data bases)
used e.g. by DB for marking fouling points (DB Grenzzeichen).
A road/rail machine can access and be manoeuvred onto the rails.
The system requests the claim whilst the block is still occupied. As soon as the block is normalised the block element gets the block. E.g. pre-selection of setting.
A trigger loop device can be at a given distance from a signal, a speed sign, or both. Distance from a TPWS loop to the signal, e.g. typically 350 from speed sensor trigger loop to signal. train stop can be shifted with respect to the signal (mostly by less than 10m).
The signal that dictates the position of the TPS device. This is given with the distance from the signal.
The ARS deadlock-checking group includes this section.
The ETCS node can map to an ETCS marker or end of known territory. de-DE: der ETCS Knoten bildet einen Gleisabschluss, Grenze Ausrüstungsbereich, KrW, Streckenende oder Streckenwechsel ab
+requiresMovableElementInPositionInRouteBody XXXXder
The sequence of all points (facing and/or trailing) and their positions (left,right) encountered when travelling the route from entry to exit signal. Points outside the route body, either situated in the overlap or providing flank protection, are excluded.
Recursive relation expressing the fact that one type of equipment support can support/carry/house another type of equipment support (box-in-a-box pattern)
The derailer must be in the given position before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller.
LC-0109 - Object references (other data bases)
Combined reading distance for the signal and any associated repeaters.
Use this relation to refer to routes that can't be called simultaneously with the requested route. Possibly, the list of conflicting routes isn't given explicitly and can be derived.
Transits are activated when the train runs along the route body. fr-FR: Le parcours de l'itinéraire met en action des transits.
OC-0713 - External object controller type
The brake may only be used for emergency braking.
Given only when this signal protects a tunnel entry. The tunnel then has the given length.
height over the track of the alignment target
Information about location of the crossing in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace.
A segment refers to signals that indicate the new property like speed at or near the beginning of that segment. Note that a signal has its own spot location. fr-FR: permet d'associer un signal limite de vitesse en aval. Ne sera pas utilisé en France.
PL-0109 - Basic object general attributes
The left branch of the point imposes a speed restriction. The construction of the component, blade, nose or diamond can impose a speed restriction.
The safety distance that is actually available beyond the target signal of the supervised section. de-DE: Vorhandene Schutzstrecke; hinter dem Zielsignal des Überwachungsabschnitts vorhandene Ist-Länge der Schutzstrecke.
Dual-track operation. Each track is used in one direction only. de-DE: zweigleisig
OC-0719 - Basic object general attributes
DB: Signalausleger SNCF: potence RFI: sospensione
TP-1007 - Basic object general attributes
Interface to Command & Control system.
The speed announced by the balise group. de-DE: die Geschwindigkeit die durch den Datenpunkt angekündigt wird
Refers to the housing of the train describer system, typically the computer room that also houses the central interlocking system. de-DE: Verweis auf den physischen Ort der Unterbringung.
LO-0209 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The condition is proven only during the activation. For expressions like "the interlocking opens signal S when point X is proven in position left but doesn't close the signal when the point is no longer proven". en-GB: when cleared.
Types of path that are adjacent to the main carrriage way crossing the railway track. One can define both a foot- and a cycle path
LC-1105 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Vitesse de rappel (RR ou (RR) ou TIV.R).
Maximum train length for which the level transition is designed. de-DE: Max. Zuglänge für die Berechnung der Ausdehnung von Bereich "C".
The trigger is assigned to train detection: a TDS section.
Recursive relation allows to connect a bond to another bond. This creates a network of bonds.
The backup power supply or supplies. If more than one is given, the first is the primary backup, then second, etc.
PL-0201 - Platform edge general attributes
This group of planning stages covers the given observation area. The objects in this area cannot be changed. de-DE: Betrachtungsbereich
PD-0527 - Basic object general attributes
de-DE: Räumstrecke dAB gemäß Ril 815.0033A01 (vorgeschaltete Lichtzeichen).
TD-0807 - TDS connection feeding direction
TR-0807 - Basic object general attributes
Differential speed for reduced speed section in ES profile. de-DE: Geschwindikeitsdifferenz für Langsamfahrbereich im ES-Profil.
$XREFPROP=$XID={934EFF9B-9A82-4082-A36C-CD7183CDB410}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={82FBBFC0-B394-4f78-BE96-E39D7285AB8B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Record train number of train arriving from opposite track. de-DE: EG - Einfahrdruck vom Gegengleis
This group of project stages is centered on this line. de-DE: fuehrende Strecke en-UK: Engineer's Line Reference. Definition of the leading line supports orienting and plotting layout plans according to rules such as "the project plan shall be drawn such that the leading line plots with kilometrage counting up from left to right" or "London to the left", or "Paris à gauche, kilomètre 0".
LD-0306 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Similar to type k except that the key is in possession of platform staff and sometimes siding staff.
The signal vector commands a set of active aspects.
LC-0110 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The device is supported by a post or housed in a cabinet.
LC-0306 - Basic object general attributes
TS-0708 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The telegram set defines a set of parameters for packet N.
The types of block working de-DE: Betriebsführung
When the acoustic warning isn't linked to a display field, refer to this train describer system instead.
$XREFPROP=$XID={910A4E6A-535C-46f7-AEDA-E0020EEC2EFE}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={857A9BED-EB9B-4891-8F1F-A46DBF463549}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Width of the road/way that crosses the railway track. The width measure is governed by national rules. NR includes any cycle or foot path in the measure.
LC-0112 - Basic object general attributes
The same control relation can be realised by multiple redundant cables.
Release speed. de-DE: V-frei; Freigabegeschwindigkeit.
LC-0504 - Object references (other data bases)
FP-0113 - Basic object general attributes
Secondary information flow can be information that is relayed to a neighbouring interlocking. This allows cascading controllers.
Delay between the route cancellation request and the release of the route. The delay ensures that the route remains locked until it is certain that the approaching train has stopped or can stop short of the entry signal. This class does not specify whether release is automatic or manual. This is derived amongst others from the type of signal to which the locking applies.
TD-0603 - TDS facility general attributes
de-DE: Kreuzungsabschnitt K mit mindestens einer Kreuzung.
The direction in which the system extends, i.e. nominal or opposite direction with respect to topology. If a length is given, it must be associated with a direction. de-DE: Ausdehnungsrichtung
The platform edge has a linear location that also informs to which side of the linear element(s) it is located.
alias=speed properties of the track crossing;
Minimum speed for trains approaching the LC as expected by the time table. de-De: Geschwindigkeit des langsamsten Regelzugs
Generic term for signalling equipment such as signals and train detection/protection equipment.
de-DE: Gebiet der ehemaligen Deutschen Reichsbahn
The arming and the trigger loop of the TSS or OSS is each associated with a frequency.
The traffic sign is fitted with a St Andrews cross de-DE: Andreaskreuz nl-NL: andreaskruis
The proving is continuous (typical situation). For expressions like "the derailer is continously proven in position nonDerailing".
de-DE: Vorsignal oder Vorsignalwiederholer
Sonstige. de-DE: ein Bearbeitungsvermerk mit entsprechenden Erläuterungen ist anzufügen.
$XREFPROP=$XID={0D7FA47E-92C5-4cc2-9F84-6C534ACF09F8}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={6CD86C35-58F5-4611-80CC-CCA54D23ABF3};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={89B1C5F1-53F5-4366-A86E-BB2B9D488C47}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Footpath that is parallel and attached to the road. de-DE: Fussweg parallel
TS-1102 - ID TD system connection to central operating system
The access point allows this kind of transport.
OP-0613 - Basic object general attributes
TS-1212 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
speed limit in supervised section of the regular lateral acceleration profile (i.e. for non-tilting trains) de-DE: Grenzgeschwindigkeit im Überwachungsabschnitt für das RS-Profil.
a condition under which the CES is issued.
LB-0117 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
RO-1307 - Basic object general attributes
Spot location where the transformer connects to the track.
The delay within which staff is supposed to react/acknowledge. de-DE: Personalreaktionszeit, Angabe in Sekunden. Der Standardwert auf Hauptbahnen beträgt 45 Sekunden, der Standardwert auf Nebenbahnen 15 Sekunden. Abweichungen sind möglich, bedürfen jedoch der betrieblichen Bestätigung.
The balise can send meta-data for consistency testing. Siemens balises may send such meta-data.
Type of mounting of the boom; only filled when not part of design rules or standard arrangement.
Locally Monitored with Optimised Activation
The train driver monitors a signal indicating that the level crossing is in good working order and will close when triggered by his train. The level crossing doesn't report to the interlocking. de-DE: ÜSoe
The gateway communication housing, e.g. a dedicated communication room in the central interlocking building.
Interface to adjacent interlocking system
GE-1308 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Information about location of the device in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace. EULYNX doesn't use the orientation of the RSM device's spot location which should be set to undefined.
The containment is made of this material.
SI-0355 - Movement from existing or planned position
The marker action applies only when the point element(s) are in the given position. de-DE: Entscheidungsweiche
PL-0403 - Object references (other data bases)
EULYNX parameter Delay of notification of availability, Con_t_Delay_Of_Notification_Of_Availability, is a configurable delay of reporting vacant from the Subsystem - Train Detection System to the Subsystem - Electronic Interlocking, following the state change of a TVPS from occupied to vacant. The delay of notification is only effective if the state change was triggered by a train not by a FC-command.
A (boot-)file that configures the controller during start-up
The CES can be shifted by a (positive) offset, always in rear of the signal.
Distance at which the signal shall be visible if economically viable. Fixed in national rules. Always greater than the minimum distance. For NR this maps to "required distance" and can also apply to the route indicators or shunting aspects. de-DE: Sollsignalsicht.
fr-FR: Reconnaissance de catégorie de trains (de banlieue parisienne).
This track condition applies in the given area.
Departure track from a temporary shunting area. nl-NL: Vertrekspoor VR-Gebied
Description of the communication configuration at end point A. de-DE: Anhang mit Beschreibung zum Informationsabgriff.
Train category the attainable speed is applied to. en-GB: the category given here might be different from the category given for design speed.
Les commutateur de blocages : commutateur présent le long des voie à proximité dXXXXXXXXun signal ou dXXXXXXXXun PN permettant au agent de la maintenance et de lXXXXXXXXexploitation (conducteur des trains) de sXXXXXXXXassurer que les trains sur une zone des voie ne peuvent évoluer quXXXXXXXXen marche à vue.
TR-0906 - Basic object general attributes
Refers to the route that the ARS system requests from the interlocking. The route can include an overlap.
Suppression takes place in the same direction as the application direction of the device spot location.
The edge is defined as a linear location on the track topology. The linear location can span mutliple linear elements.
Main power supply (as opposed to auxiliary).
GE-0813 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Champ codé AE pour raison technique.
Refers to the Location the RouteBody leads over.
LD-0107 - Object references (other data bases)
audio frequency receiver UK: letters RX FR: Re(cepteur)
OC-1214 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Other types of train arresting devices, e.g. a whale's tail.
The element is kept in place mechanically. The fixation is described by the clampType attribute.
The TFTP file with non-safety-critical data.
Shortest overlap in the category 200m and upwards. Only given when the interlocking can't dynamically provide the overlap length to the RBC.
TP-0805 - Intermittent train protection platform SPAD relevance
Area where regenerative braking isn't allowed.
Slope for which the KVB balises have been engineered. fr-FR: déclivité pour laquelle les balises KVB ont été dimensionnées.
de-DE: Bundesstrasse ausserorts fr-FR: route nationale nl-NL: rijksweg
OC-1104 - Object references (other data bases)
User-worked miniature stop lights. Formerly known as miniature warning lights.
The ETCS marker marks the entry into track condition area(s).
The configuration applies to the given level crossing.
Miniature stop light, vehicular (previously known as miniature warning lights).
de-DE: Bundesstrasse innerorts fr-FR: route nationale en agglomération nl-NL: rijksweg in bebouwde kom
References a ControlledTrackAsset to which the cable is connected.
RO-1205 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Request local control. When the signalman grants local control and safety conditions are met, the interlocking hands over local control of the local operating zone.
Applies from this spot location and works in the application direction.
Refers to a balise group in the route where a stop-if-in-SR is not allowed. See SRS-026-7 packet 137, Stop if in Staff Responsible.
An audible warning sounds when this field displays a train describer.
A schematic of the operating room layout showing the train describer system. de-DE: Verweis auf die ID des Raumplans Bedienraum, der als Anhang im Format PDF beigefügt wird.
TS-1214 - Basic object general attributes
When this given active aspect fails, degrade to the given active aspect set.
Aspects flash alternately, i.e. in counter-phase. Note: RFI uses flashing in phase or counter-phase to distinguish signal messages.
Instructs how to determine the release speed that is to be used.
FP-0111 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Kommandierbarkeit eines Zugdetektionspunktes (TDP) ja/nein (nein heißt immer aktiv)
RO-1105 - Object references (other data bases)
Length of the supervised section. de-DE: Länge des Überwachungsabschnitts.
Active track assets is powered by and/or exchange information with a controller.
GE-1801 - Speed profile general attributes
The TVP section requires restricted speed.
Permitted speed for trains travelling through the overlap. If the value is not set or the speed equals 0 it is not possible to set a route through the overlap.
Stepping is subject to this criterion. de-DE: Fortschaltkriterium
Distance from the TP device to the target. Can be zero. fr-FR: distance but
Level crossing system is fitted with a key box. nl-NL: overweg sleutelschakelaar, alleen toegepast op de vrije baan.
The asset that owns this configuration-status is made invisible to the driver or train. It typically applies to signals or balises. If the asset is a controlled asset, the signalling system still controls the asset.
FP-0219 - Basic object general attributes
SI-0709 - Basic object general attributes
TP-0817 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Applies to a TPS data transmission system.
Reference to the RBC, if any, that accepts the incoming train. The train enters an ETCS area that is controlled by this RBC.
Like NB-W, but including shunting routes. de-DE: NB-R: wie W, zusätzlich Fahren mit Rangierstraßen innerhalb des NB. Nahstellbereich mit abgesetzen Rangierstellwerk.
RO-1821 - ID TVD sections to be occupied
The aspects of the dependent signal follow the master. For instance: when the master indicates "At Danger" the dependent signal indicates "Caution".
Slope, given in the range 0 to 1, that determines the braking curve in rear of the reduced speed section. de-DE: Maßgebende Neigung im Bereich der Bremskurve vor der Geschwindigkeitseinschränkung. Achtung: 20,03 Promille wird auf 0,02003 abgebildet!
The button has a function given by this enumeration.
A movable element associates mechanism(s) that drive the movable component(s).
RO-0518 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
this compound logical object is an active track asset
SI-0302 - Route out of island track with exit signals at both ends
The set of ARS routes that the ARS system can request.
The TPS device can reference repeater signals, stop marker boards, distant signals (DB).
TS-1113 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LC-1104 - Object references (other data bases)
PL-0211 - Basic object general attributes
The equipment that houses the detector or to which the detector is affixed. This provides the spot location and optional supplementary constructional information.
$XREFPROP=$XID={6DAB8144-70BA-4a11-949F-FB35EC926AE9}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={98274492-8059-4c5a-8B84-D98BD267931F}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The condition is never proven, there is no need to detect the state of the asset. This allows stating expressions like "point X should be in position right" (A route requests the point position but if the point cannot take the requested position, then the route can be locked anyway). nl-NL: verzoekwissel.
A custom made construction in case one cannot use one of the standard fixing types.
de-DE: Anordnung des Signals rechts am Gleis.
AR-0709 - Object references (other data bases)
The location of the platform access point, projected on the platform edge.
LC-0605 - Automatic LC failure signal replacement function
$XREFPROP=$XID={80926DA0-2B3B-432a-A127-64EC019762CC}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={99D5972B-7AA4-4bb3-8CB3-F823871207BB}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
OC-1004 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The LEU has a functional classification.
LD-0110 - Basic object general attributes
The outline, a polygon, that corresponds to the mapping view.
A route along this route path is only allowed when the opposing route locking checks succeed. fr-FR: Le parcours de l'itinéraire vérifie l'état des enclenchements entre itinéraires de sens contraire.
Fixed to a platform. The platform itself is modelled by means of a different class.
The LX needs to be in the given state to open the referencing route. de-DE: BÜ im Durchrutschweg, der im Sicherheitsabstand liegt und daher für die Fahrstraße zu sichern ist oder BÜ auf der freien Strecke, dessen Sicherung durch die Ausfahrzugstraße angestoßen werden muss.
The train is supposed to have stopped when the associated section is proven to have been occupied for at least this amount of time. Otherwise the train is supposed in approach and the conflicting route is kept closed.
OC-1419 - Basic object general attributes
Les commutateur ZEP « V »: commutateur présent le long des voie permettant au agent de la maintenance de sXXXXXXXXassurer que sur la zone des voie couverte par la Zep que les trains ne peuvent évoluer quXXXXXXXXen marche à vue. Cette installation est utilisé en zone de poste.
Marks the spot where a speed changes that is the target of a KVB balise group announcing a speed reduction starting at a location of interest. fr-FR: Point but d'une balise KVB annonçant une vitesse réduite au point remarquable.
The logical input is read from an external sensor, e.g. bascule bridge, flooding, smoke or earthquake detector.
GE-0107 - Object references (other data bases)
The local operating area contains one or more zones.
Track assets that are allocated to the control area. Items aren't necessarily controlled, e.g. boards.
Distance from target to fouling point. fr-FR: distance entre point but et garage franc. Utilisée pour balise prox à distance de glissement entre 50m et 100m.
Manually Controlled Barriers equipped with a camera which is viewed by the operator who confirms that the crossing is clear.
overhead line or third rail, normally used for traction, is used for supplying power to the controller.
The cabinet is placed at or attached to the signal post.
$XREFPROP=$XID={1B2BD8A5-7E01-4998-B6DF-0BCCF2C366E5}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={9DA0E46B-2140-4a59-BDFE-AE5E6665E5CB}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Train-actioned main signal closure. de-DE: Signalhaltfall_Hauptsignal
Key release instrument associated with the route. Condition is that the key is in the instrument. de-DE: Schlüsselsperre, die überwacht sein muss, damit die Fstr gesichert ist
In speed signalling systems, the aspect relation between signals represents a speed profile that the train must respect. Note that the speed profile is attached to a master and worker signal.
nl-NL: Lijst van seinberichten. Een seinbericht is een samenstelling van seinaspecten die samen een bericht vormen voor de mcn.
Train approach triggers the level crossing. The driver monitors a signal that displays the level crossing closed status. The level crossing doesn't report to the interlocking. de-DE: ÜS
States to which side of the turnout the drive is mounted, viewed from the toe.
Required boom length as manufactured and ordered. The boom may be shortened on site (DB). Must concur with the full/half type of boom (if given).
A cable joint connect two cable ends. It is not housed but lies in the cable route. Typically used when one runs out of cable or to repair sectioned cable. It is often molded in a resin. de-DE: Kabelmuffe it-IT: muffola nl-NL: kabelmof fr-FR: manchon de cable
Another local operating zone (that can be taken/given locally) de-DE: NB-Zone
The signal to which the degradation stepping applies. If no signal is given, the aspect degradation class is a template that can be stored in a file and be applied to signals in particular projects.
de-DE: 38 cm: niedrigste zulässige Höhe
Reference to Train Protection danger point.
The time frame information applies to this object or object-component. Mandatory in NR (SDEF approach).
Describes a delay after which the aspect disappears.
Shunting button variant 1: first key press on, second key press off. de-DE: RT ein aus
The line-side construction has a linear location. Appropriate for constructions like a noise wall or a single-track tunnel.
RO-1811 - Opposing route locking with two interlockings
The expiry date of the information in the source, if relevant.
Dictates how the train shall determine the release speed.
LC-0604 - Reporting of automatic LC failure in interlocking
TR-1006 - Basic object general attributes
GE-1707 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LC-0905 - Object references (other data bases)
LD-0305 - Object references (other data bases)
Binds an ETCS telegram to a balise group. Used when the individual balise that sends the telegram is (yet) unknown. nl-NL: de ontwerper koppelt het telegram normaliter aan de individuele balise.
Point machine that uses pneumatic pressure to throw the point.
Record train number departing in the given direction towards opposite track. de-DE: AG - Ausfahrdruck in das Gegengleis
This set of files is used to program an LEU module.
LO-0117 - Basic object general attributes
RO-0804 - Object references (other data bases)
The default set of active aspects that the signal shows after startup and at rest (most restrictive message/aspect).
The logic is implemented by a (set of) line side spot detectors. The description of the compound logical object can state the logical equations.
Reference to an asset or other location used to validate that the position of the detector is at a suitable distance from the location proxy.
PM-0907 - Single planning step general attributes
The distance to the track asset that justifies the presence of the balise group.
The route body to which the signal-message relation applies. The route body from dependent signal to master signal may contain points.
GE-1507 - Basic object general attributes
The deadlock checking algorithm evaluates a number of TVP section groups (OR checking).
Marks a transition into an area fitted for tilting trains. This deploys Eurobalises as datapoints. de-DE: Einstieg in Geschwindigkeitsüberwachung für Neigetechnik (GNT)
A list of tuples (object,coordinate in a given view).
The TDS component is a delimiter to this section.
fr-FR: référence aux voies dont la vitesse sera réduite.
Reference to points that need to be locked in a given position, e.g. "point 5 left" and that allows the train to use the given route body.
The derailer that provides flank protection must of course be in derailing position to be effective.
A virtualised MDM, e.g. running as a docker.
GE-1912 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
FP-0105 - Prevent self-selective protective point from changing position during sectional route release
Reference to the housing of the detector.
Light signal and full barrier. de-DE: LzV
The interlocking reopens the signal after each train passage. de-DE: Signalselbststellbetrieb
GE-1911 - Object references (other data bases)
Digital balise group can have many information fields. The order of the information fields is defined in SNCF document DES258/IG33258. Analog balise group: multiplicity is one for an unidirectional balise group, or two for a bidirectional balise group. fr-FR: champs d'information
The objects in the planning area that may be modified in the course of the project stage.
Reference to the alignment curve as defined in the RSM namespace.
A EuroLoop is controlled by an LEU port.
Timer starts counting when a TTD section becomes unexpectedly occupied so that "ghost" rolling stock is assumed present. Paragraph 4.2.2.1
LC-0601 - LC dependency automatic crossing
Entry to the MA section. This spot location will typically be the location of a balise that can serve as LRBG (L2 MA) or the balise that emits the MA (L1 MA).
Initialisation de la transmission continue.
LO-0115 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The end-section of a route is the section between the closed route exit signal and the previous worker signal. The interlocking revokes (part of) the route when this timer expires.
this vehicle passage detector is an active track asset
The route has an ordered set of MA sections.
Physical or numerical keys used to unlock (sub-)systems of the interlocking.
$XREFPROP=$XID={50B67353-E386-4cf2-AFA0-5F078D7A215C}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={A8639D5B-E6DE-4325-92EF-3D41D8829A38}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
RO-0515 - ID Intermittent train protection point of conflict
$XREFPROP=$XID={CAA7B194-8089-45ce-86CA-9A7FF3221FF6}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={A8A7D4FC-9770-4963-9FFF-18A67B96CA7B}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
fr-FR: Avertissement de survitesse DC current
TD-0713 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LC-0205 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Limits a virtual block in systems such as Hybrid Level 3 or LZB. A train may be stopped at a virtual signal. The signal may be visible only on the signaller's control display and driver's DMI.
OC-0820 - Basic object general attributes
LO-0112 - Operating command "point lock against reversing"
Slope for which the safety distance has been designed.
The track asset that needs the balise group.
TP-1004 - Object references (other data bases)
A lower level collector serves diagnostics data to a collector that aggregates data.
If more than one set of properties is given, priority is in the order given (thus reproducing subset-026 packet 41).
de-DE: Schaltmittelfunktion; dient zur markanten Kennzeichnung der Funktionalität des Schaltmittels.
AR-0203 - Object references (other data bases)
The clearance detection system requires human interaction, i.e. human confirmation that the level crossing is clear. Typical for camera systems.
allows defining the power source of TPS device, even not-controlled ones.
de-DE: Sonderhöhe: Abweichende Höhen sind möglich, vor allem aeltere Bahnsteigkanten können auch andere Höhen aufweisen.
Speed restriction in approach to the closed exit signal. Typically depends on the length of overlap and is calculated according to national rules and regulations.
The distance between the protecting main signal and the edge of the crossing path or road.
GE-1310 - Basic object general attributes
train selection is applied by this device
Like type "k" except that authorised staff keeps the keys that activate the lockout devices in a lockout area.
LC-1012 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
target speed at next data point. de-DE: Zielgeschwindigkeit.
In case the individual balises have not yet been planned, one may need to associate the ETCS telegram with a balise group.
TR-0903 - Object references (other data bases)
The deactivation of this aspect is triggered by a timer. The trigger is the same for all technically triggered aspects of the same signal.
This train detection triggers the ARS call.
FP-0308 - Basic object general attributes
GE-0110 - Basic object general attributes
When flank protection measure is remote, the remote flank protection measure is given. de-DE: Fernschutz. Der Flankenschutz wird durch das nächste Flankenschutzelement hergestellt. (Ersatzschutzmaßnahme)
LC-1005 - LC Dependency to traffic lights of road crossing
TS-0328 - Basic object general attributes
LO-0508 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
GE-1107 - Basic object general attributes
The housing needs a power supply with the given electric rating.
The ETCS level of the area. One area per level. Areas can overlap, i.e. a fall-back level 1 would largely overlap the level 2.
RO-0107 - Basic object general attributes
RO-0928 - Basic object general attributes
Field power distribution connection ("socket in the field"). de-DE: PoP-V
A spot on the level crossing track or track straddling the level crossing. This is where a train has to stop before crossing an unprotected crossing. nl-NL: punt of een gebied op een overwegspoor aan weerszijden van de overweg.
Width of an additional cycle or foot path that is adjacent to the main carriage way.
The asset that owns this configuration-status has been physically modified or built in preparation for a later phase of construction. The signalling system is unaware of this modification and does not control it. Typical example is the addition of a speed indicator that will be taken into service at a later date.
AR-0607 - Basic object general attributes
LC-0304 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Crossing equipped with barriers operated by the train crew.
choose other if there is a specialisation in the national domain
The shortest overlap in the category 50 to less than 200m. Only given when the interlocking can't dynamically provide the overlap length to the RBC.
Refers to an integrated level crossing. The interface associated with the control relation can be EULYNX SCI-LC or SCI-LX.
Single-track operation equipped for one-directional operation. May be used in rare cases for describing a run-round loop at the end of a line. de-DE: eingleisig
TS-1410 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Target distance up to the start of the section of reduced speed. de-DE: Zielentfernung bis zum Beginn des La-Bereichs.
RO-1827 - ID Point to open the entrance signal
Information about stakeholder organisations are stored in the project meta data.
RO-1207 - Basic object general attributes
TS-0111 - Basic object general attributes
Category for trains carrying passengers.
Angle between the barrier and the tangent at the location of the barrier mechanism on the linear element. Zero is when the barrier and linear element point in the same direction. Counting counter-clockwise from 0 to 360 degrees. Complements the orientation attribute of the boom. de-DE: Tangente am Verortungspunkt an der topologischen Kante
LC-0207 - Basic object general attributes
Reference to packet number. de-DE: Paketnummer
Reference to the post, mast or other line side infrastructure where the LEU cabinet is placed.
This lock is the masterlock in this lock combination.
The aspect is only shown as fall-back, i.e. not in normal operation.
de-DE: Angaben zur Sperrstrecke bei BÜ der Art LzH bzw. LzHH. Räumstrecke als Abstand Schranke - gegenüberliegende Gefahrraumgrenze (d2).
LC-0709 - Basic object general attributes
RO-1008 - Basic object general attributes
de-DE: Örtlichkeit, die einer Bahnhofsnummer zugeordnet ist, welche zusätzlich von der ZN_Unterstation verwaltet wird
The (positive) length over which a TP System extends. For instance: length of a balise group from first to last in group.
Link to a trigger assignment that informs about the activation of the Level Crossing
The containment is located to this side.
nl-NL: vereenvoudigd actief. De sectie wordt vrijgereden als de vorige sectie vrijgereden is, de eigen sectie vervolgens gelijktijdig bezet is met de volgende sectie.
Induction loop for detecting the presence of a road vehicle on a track crossing.
The carriage way crossing the track can have adjacent foot- and/or cycle path(s)
The SCI communication interface between an interlocking on the one hand and a EULYNX field controller or another interlocking on the other hand.
PM-0816 - Designation facility (central unit)
Reference to the train control bus to which the display field is relayed, if any. de-DE: Verweis auf den oder die ZLV_Bus(se), auf den/die das Anzeigefeld durchgereicht wird. Der Verweis wird nur im Falle einer Durchreichung gefüllt.
Differential speed for the target speed in the increased lateral acceleration profile. de-DE: Differenz für die Zielgeschwindigkeit im ES-Profil.
The linear location on the track where a train would conflict with road users.
Power is transmitted via wires or bars over larger distances.
Individual switch rail (NetworkRail can separately control the blades in some cases).
PL-0305 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Cycle path that is offset, i.e. detached from the road. de-DE: Radweg abgesetzt
$XREFPROP=$XID={1825CD05-73B6-4a8d-953A-37E75A890C07}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={B6919B02-2E2E-4d57-B0FE-252CEA81B91A}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The signal, SMB or light signal associated and controlling the LEU. Typically used to generate the designation of the LEU.
This train describer display field triggers the ARS call.
PD-0425 - Basic object general attributes
The requested route always conflicts with the referred route(s). de-DE: Gegenfahrtausschluss besteht
Shunting button variant 2: shunting switch on and shunting switch off. de-DE: RT ein RT aus
EULYNX parameter Con_tmax_Response_Time_FC_P is a configurable timer, defining the maximum time between receiving a FC-P-command and a successful sweeping train (difference between the counted incoming and outgoing Wheels is "0"). This timer could be deactivated by configuration.
GE-1404 - Object references (other data bases)
From the marker onward, this set of National Values applies.
Button or switch that must be activated to set the route. de-DE: Bedien-Anzeige Element, das wirksam sein muss, damit die Fstr gesichert ist.
$XREFPROP=$XID={62C942AF-3098-4415-9608-B6AF74467CD1}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={B7A37DF2-45B5-4593-B8CB-B1344D338182}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Train-actioned shunting signal closure. de-DE: Signalhaltfall_Rangiersignal
A node can be defined as spot location on the track topology.
Tunnel warning system. nl-NL: Waarschuwingsinstallatie in tunnels. ProRail: Can be equipped with a key that switches on an audible warning.
The crossing is designed for a given traffic volume.
This area has a national train control (NTC) system.
The speed restrictions in the profile are related to this category.
The fouling point is a spot location. It is located with respect to the track(s) that are fouling. A decommissioned point may have no fouling point.
OC-1105 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Refers to the fly-over track(s), i.e. the linear element(s) that cross over the fly-under tracks.
Contains the elements of the topology, notably the linear elements.
A vertical column with integrated control elements. de-DE: Säule
OC-0817 - Object references (other data bases)
The signaller at one block element must explicitly set the block.
de-DE: Kommunikationsinfrastruktur für sicherheitsrelevante Anwendungen
TR-0704 - Object references (other data bases)
The cabinet is behind the signal, viewed from the signal's application direction.
ND-0101 - Norm drawing general attributes
LO-0405 - Object references (other data bases)
The actor answers to this organisation. The fields can be filled as far as privacy rules allow.
SI-0341 - Signal sighting combined with repeater
GE-1608 - Object references (other data bases)
Time between mute and start of propagation of the unknown occupancy status.
RO-1402 - ID Point crossing derailer object
Give-way sign usually has a St Andrews cross.
The condition can be given in the annotation.
Flank protection is provided by points in a given position. This can include trap points.
The NTC from which a transit takes place.
An ETCS telegram contains a number of packets. During early design, one may not want to provide the packets.
SI-0342 - Signal viewing minimum in front of signal
crocodile est annulé par pédale
The process of activating a LX can depend on a series of inputs from trigger assignments. These inputs enter into a state machine. The state machine entry point is the LevelCrossingActivation.
The stopping point location for trains arriving in the direction given by the spot location's application direction.
ND-0206 - Object references (other data bases)
The level crossing actively protects/warns road users.
de-DE: Weichenabschnitt W mit mindestens einer Weiche.
The detector is tilted to match the inclination of the level crossing's decking.
GE-1504 - Object references (other data bases)
Electric length of FTGS subsection S (See the FTG S documentation).
e.g. length of infill loop. Balises, magnets, crocodiles or TPWS loops are considered point devices without a length.
A set of speeds that govern the design of the track crossing.
The label shall include the name of track and chainage, track and signal, etc.
The deactivation of this aspect is triggered by a technical condition (e.g. occupation of a section). The trigger is the same for all technically triggered aspects of the same signal.
Indicates the next (major) junction that can be reached when travelling down the block line.
Quai haut à droite et à gauche.
RO-1837 - Conditions on the intermediate interlockings or points
PD-0525 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
GE-1611 - Basic object general attributes
Safety distance that is needed beyond the target signal, given the release speed. de-DE: Erforderliche Schutzstrecke; hinter dem Zielsignal des Überwachungsabschnitts für die gewählte Freigabegeschwindigkeit geforderte Soll-Länge der Schutzstrecke.
Stores the driving time to the track crossing.
The criterion for deleting the train identity from the display field. de-DE: Angabe des Kriteriums, mit dem die Zugnummer aus dem ZN Anzeigefeld gelöscht wird. Das Kriterium wird vorrangig für ZN-Anzeigefelder an der Grenze der eigenen zur benachbarten ZN-Anlage angegeben.
The property can apply to one or more track areas. The concerned areas aren't necessarily connected.
When this section is occupied, the entry signal is not replaced (=closed).
operator that is used to chain conditions
One half of the (movable) diamond in a crossing.
The headlight is located at the given spot location.
Reference to the platform edge where the stopping point is located.
LD-0406 - Object references (other data bases)
RO-0517 - Object references (other data bases)
Part of the route body that the train will travel. de-DE: befahrener Fahrwegteil
Stores the GUID of the project stage instance that needs correction; the referenced project stage might not be included with the current EULYNX DP file.
Odd/even direction of the route body in terms odd/even. This direction has no direct relation with the underlying topological linear elements. fr-FR: Sens de l'itinéraire pair ou impair.
General information about the fixing of a signal. Mainly used in early design phase and cost calculations.
Allows to state that the ETCS condition is planned or realised.
Baseline date of the source data. The actual date can be the date of survey (observation), last modification, acceptance or release.
TD-0628 - Basic object general attributes
TS-0108 - Object references (other data bases)
Reference to the geometric coordinate as defined in the RSM namespace.
A track side receiver attached to a loop in the track. FR: reception sur boucle
The relation between PZB effectiveness and the route de-DE: Wirksamkeit
Trailable Power Operated Point Mechanism.
RO-1304 - Object references (other data bases)
de-DE: Gruppenausfahr- und Gruppenzwischensignal
The traffic sign is affixed to the given support.
Reference to a non-linear element of the network topology.
Checks that lever or key release instrument is activated.
Conflicting only when the section has been occupied for a period of time shorter than a given duration.
Warns about the presence of dangerous compounds near a chemical industry site.
Reference to the cant as defined in the RSM namespace.
Indicates the type of pairing with another mast.
List of balises that are excluded from the link list of a MA. Otherwise, the list may become too long (link reaction is none).
$XREFPROP=$XID={22167508-814E-4f09-84B1-A80F26675151}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={C150D042-B6DD-4c6b-BA0F-A78725026AB5}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
LO-0114 - Object references (other data bases)
LB-0209 - Object references (other data bases)
PM-0909 - Construction step short designation
As long as this timer is running, the train can ignore "stop if in shunting" message.
GE-0209 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LD-0308 - Basic object general attributes
Light signal and half barrier and separate footpath/cycle path with own barrier. de-DE: LzH_F
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=start state;
Subset of subject matter data in the initial state; a snapshot of the as-is situation at the start of a project stage. de-DE: LST Zustand Start
TR-0403 - Object references (other data bases)
Partial route body is limited by signal. de-DE: Fahrwegteil wird begrenzt durch einen Signal.
Stand-alone TP devices are not referred to by the controlled track asset class. A self-powered TP device is not a controlled track asset but if the device has some control relation with a controller, for instance reporting health status, it is a controlled track asset.
GE-1505 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LC-0617 - Basic object general attributes
The line-side construction has an area location. Appropriate for dual-track tunnels or bridges over several tracks.
When the block normalises, the block element that received the train automatically reverts the setting to the sending block element. SNCF: there's a normal, preferred direction setting. If a train in the opposite direction has cleared the block, the setting automatically reverts to the preferred direction. fr-FR: installation permanente de contresens. (IPCS)
Locally-monitored automatic barrier crossing.
OC-1006 - Basic object general attributes
Reference to a point element in a given position, proving types are available.
Part of the route body that the train will not travel. de-DE: nicht-befahrener Fahrwegteil
Suppression takes place in the opposite direction as the application direction of the device spot location.
The level cossing system is designed to protect this track crossing.
$XREFPROP=$XID={7D73F833-D999-459a-AC79-B202D3DDE2D5}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={C5B1330E-6D3C-4ca3-A8DB-8F0FDADDF9A6}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
A sounder that may includes flashing lights.
TD-0813 - Basic object general attributes
Reference to track asset(s) situated at the extremity of the overlap. The overlap is the track that is limited by the signal (at danger) and these track asset(s).
RO-0607 - Object references (other data bases)
TS-1112 - Object references (other data bases)
Overlap release timer starts when train occupies the TVP section, normally the berthing track. de-DE: Zielgleis
Exécution dXXXXXXXXune limitation de vitesse fixe (par plaque Z ou R, de type "LMTR" par pancarte km ou facilement repérable ou pour une entrée système).
$XREFPROP=$XID={0FBA2488-20BF-4968-9934-23B5A1E79DA9}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={C66EE746-3493-427e-B5A8-10F01A4F8326}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Record train number upon notification from neighbour TrDr system. de-DE: AGN - Ausfahrdruck bei Empfang Fortschaltdruck von Nachbar-ZMA (Gegengleis)
The speed change marker applies under the given condition.
The signalman receives a notification that the point has been cleared. After manual acknowledgment the interlocking throws the point to the normal position.
de-DE: Gleisabschnitt B im Bereich mit Streckenblocksicherung.
White: released for shunting nl-NL: wit; vrijgave rangeren
Expresses that the housing, a proxy for the controllers in that housing, is in charge of a given area. en-GB: Early engineering links housing to control area. The latter lists the controlled items. fr-FR: lien permettant de dimensionner le centre en termes de surface et de puissance.
TD-0715 - Basic object general attributes
Indicates the priority of the IP address.
Rigid Structure with a rectangular cross section for guiding cables. Typical materials are concrete or synthetics.
A switch or button that is activated to confirm passage of the the rear of the train.
Distance from the TP device or system to the signal.
TP-0903 - Intermittent train protection element assignment INA
Locks the proceed aspect of an entry signal.
The aspect may apply to a train category. If no category is given, the aspect applies to all categories. Some IM must explicitly define the train category to which the aspect applies. NR for instance needs a list of train categories to which a speed aspect applies. See the Speed profiles package for more information.
The value of the TPS protection distance.
Reference to the TrDr-bus that is allocated to the substation. de-DE: Verweis auf die ID des ZLV-Busses, an den die Unterstation angebunden wird.
Trackside releases the overlap only after train is proven in standstill by ETCS system or by a manual command. de-DE: Auflösung nach Stillstand des Zuges, z.B. ETCS
LC-0303 - Object references (other data bases)
The text message is displayed under the given condition, e.g. only when a set of points are in the given position. If no condition is given, the text message display is governed only by ETCS variables D/L_TEXTDISPLAY.
The signal(s) at the entry of routes that the train is due to use.
RO-1815 - ID Point to open the entrance signal
Exécution dXXXXXXXXun tableau P fixe au TIV.D préannoncé.
Document describing the scheme requirements, operational objectives. e.g. "increase speed on Dresden - Leipzig to 200 kmh" This helps the supplier to design requirement validation tests.
Extra speed allowed to tilting trains in the supervised section in the ES profile. de-DE: Erhöhung der Grenzgeschwindigkeit im Überwachungsabschnitt im ES-Profil.
Refers to the dive-under track(s), i.e. the linear element(s) right underneath the fly-over.
RO-0925 - Object references (other data bases)
Telegramm 85 - Fahrstraße eingestellt
The detectors that constitute this obstacle detection system.
GE-1903 - Operational point general attributes
AR-0712 - Basic object general attributes
An out-of-sequence event switches off this ARS sub-area.
Dans le cas de la grande vitesse, des Commutateurs FS ZEP L : Les commutateurs FS ZEP L sont à lXXXXXXXXusage exclusif des agents effectuant les travaux et cadenassables en position de protection; ils sont installés dans les vestibules des postes et CAI et permettent la protection des intervalles entre deux postes LGV
AR-0704 - ARS trigger general attributes
RO-0707 - Basic object general attributes
Node created to split or carve out a part of the topology. Allows creating independent topologies to be (re-)engineered in parallel and merged back after completion.
Distance between signal and target. fr-FR: distance entre signal et point but. Utilisée pour balise prox à distance de glissement entre 100m et 200m.
Point Operating Mechanism in the 6-foot.
de-DE: Echte Zwieschutzweiche Flankenschutzweiche, die durch unabhängige Fahrten in beiden Stellungen angefordert wird. Ohne spezielle Behandlung kann nur eine der beiden Fahrten zu einem Zeitpunkt eingestellt sein, da sich durch die Zwieschutzweiche ein Fahrstraßenausschluss ergibt.
Reference to aspect that is part of the message to the driver.
The train travel direction for which the section release applies, with respect to the orientation of the underlying linear element. If the section contains a point, with respect to the linear element of the point's toe. nl-NL: rijrichting van de trein die de sectie vrijrijdt. Gegeven t.o.v. de topologische orientering van het lineaire element.
Permission to shunt timer. When the driver hasn't started the shunting process before, the permission to shunt is revoked.
PD-0611 - Basic object general attributes
The point is fixed, both electrically and mechanically. The mechanical fixation is described by the clampType attribute.
de-DE: Landstraße ausserorts fr-FR: non utilisé nl-NL: provinciale weg
de-DE: Rangierfahrstart/-ziel ohne Signal
Signal(s) (real or virtual) marking the change.
The section(s) that must be proven vacant.
Distance between two speed checking devices, also known as trip distance. de-DE: Messstrecke en-GB: speed checking length maps to OSS spacing
OC-1001 - ID External element controller
Minimum road opening time of 20 seconds.
In situ required or designed length of cable. Can differ from the length of cable route because of the need to cover the last metres to the field element, slack or spare length.
Functional definition of the location up to where a vehicle can advance. It provides both location of the spot where the vehicle is stopped and working direction .
TD-0907 - Object references (other data bases)
A subordinated signal shows an aspect that depends on the aspect of the originating frame. The subordinated signal frame is mounted on a different fixing than the main signal, at a distance.
RO-1810 - ID TDS to be used for shunting
a wooden or concrete structure for marking fouling or clearance points (FR: garage franc, NL: grensteken)
SI-0369 - Object references (other data bases)
The housing of the power supply module. Typically but not necessarily, a LEU cabinet.
Section of platform line where ETCS train departure can activate the level crossing. nl-NL: spoorgedeelte tussen het begin van het perron en het punt vanaf waar de aankondigingstijd van de overweg voor een vertrekkende trein altijd aan de minimale tijd voldoet.
LC-0407 - Basic object general attributes
Node at the end of the (known) topology.
The time interval from activation of the level crossing to the moment the barriers are fully closed. The detection system starts after the latter moment. Only given when relevant. NR doesn't use this because determined by rule. de-DE: BÜ-Sicherungszeit.
OC-1107 - Basic object general attributes
Point Operating Mechanism in the 4-foot.
TS-1019 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The outline of the operational locality, a polygon.
A duration that makes the trigger apply earlier for special design situations. de-DE: Zeitzuschlag für die Berechnung des Anstoßpunktes der ZL. Es kann sich die Notwendigkeit ergeben, eine Zeitspanne auf die bisher errechneten Zeiten (Sichtzeit Vorsignal, Fahrstraßenbildungszeit ...) aufzuschlagen, damit der ZL-Anstoß früher erfolgt, als nach der allgemeinen Berechnungsregel vorgesehen.
Ede-DE: ine Zwieschutzweiche kann gleichzeitig beide Charaktere annehmen.
The spot location where the section timer is stopped (§3.8.4.2.3).
TD-0506 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The section that must be proven as extra verification to avoid fouling.
A route beyond the signal may be called together with the previous route so that the train can proceed without stopping.
Annulation dXXXXXXXXun tableau P mobile au TIV.D préannoncé.
$XREFPROP=$XID={E3CE3B55-49CB-4a8a-B9E0-E269CA8E62D6}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={D3642A68-2A1E-4583-B327-29BE7428F2B4}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Speed profile in force with cab-signalling.
Applies to fouling point of the point/turnout. fr-FR: point but visé est le garage franc de l'aiguille.
Reference to the TIPLOC that owns this sub-TIPLOC.
An ordered list of overlaps can express a preference for overlaps (displayed in the signaller's UI), from entry 1 down to entry n. E.g. if overlap 1 cannot be locked, try and lock overlap 2, etc. The implementation depends on national rules and regulations. The list of overlaps is ordered so the signaller's display shows the overlaps in the given sequence. de-DE: D-Wege die an einem Signal beginnen.
The trigger device is deactivated after a given delay that depends on the checked speed. de-DE: Prüfzeit der GÜ
Fin de zone de transmission continue en construction.
Area equipped with ATP specific to Berlin S-Bahn. de-DE: Zugbeeinflussungssystem Berlin S-Bahn.
References a controller to which the cable is connected.
The target balise group has the given orientation with respect to the from-to direction.
User-worked barrier with miniature stopping lights.
The train is to stop, only after which the signal is opened for a follow-on route.
TS-1103 - TD substation general attributes
TS-1409 - Object references (other data bases)
The assumed approach speed for a train approaching the TPS.
TR-0805 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
An active balise is controlled by a port.
DB defines the location of the ETCS danger point.
Point machine that uses hydraulic pressure to throw the point. Note that a point machine equipped with an electric pump that builds up hydraulic pressure is considered an electric drive.
Partial route body is limited by balise group. de-DE: Fahrwegteil wird begrenzt durch einen Datenpunkt.
Cable distributor is a device where one set of cables terminates and (mostly) connect to another greater set of cables that lead to other terminators. Typically housed in a track side cable disconnection box (lineside "mushroom" disconnection box). Often contains a disconnector. en-GB: Cable disconnector it-IT: sezionamento cavi nl-NL: aansluitkastje, wisselaansluitkast de-DE: Kabelverteiler fr-FR: répartiteur de cables se-SE: kopplingsplint
The crocodile system is designed for one specific function.
A container of discipline-specialist data. Can contain a state at a given moment in time or a planning.
RO-0306 - Object references (other data bases)
The properties of the line, viewed from the block element.
alias=sounds alarm for train handover during;
Duration of the alarm sound that accompanies display in a train hand-over field. de-DE: Akustikdauer bei Anzeige der Zugnummer in Anbiete-/Annahmefeld.
GE-1709 - Basic object general attributes
de-DE: Eingeschränkte Geschwindigkeit.
Manually Controlled Barriers with obstacle detection.
$XREFPROP=$XID={10BDB44F-B05A-448f-ADF5-2C103E01CA63}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={D7D17F28-A330-4d23-B8D9-F88E03B0F217}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;$XREFPROP=$XID={EBB36556-8783-41cf-A4AB-C4D492BF629A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={D7D17F28-A330-4d23-B8D9-F88E03B0F217}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
ND-0209 - Basic object general attributes
Crossing equipped with a gate that is opened and closed by the train crew.
RO-1802 - Single track ("Voie Unique") route locking
Automatic open crossing locally monitored.
A route with a given property can cause a speed restriction.
The ETCS transition applies when the point(s) is/are in the given position.
RO-0307 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Reference to a track asset that justifies the presence of the balise.
The road traffic sign has a sounder that emits an acoustic warning to pedestrians and cyclists.
GE-1105 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
RO-0204 - Object references (other data bases)
Best allowed signal/message combination when the check fails.
The properties that apply to this track crossing. Only added when relevant (in a particular phase of planning).
steel sleepers are incompatible with track circuits
Applies to nl-NL: is van toepassing op dienstoverpad(en)
GE-1806 - Object references (other data bases)
The set of components that are controlled and set simultaneously to one of two positions.
The signal whence the train leaves the departure track. nl-NL: Referentie naar het (vertrek)sein. Hiermee wordt de rijrichting bepaald.
RO-0406 - Basic object general attributes
An ETCS track condition referring to a Big Metal Mass (Track Condition 67).
Bridge warning system. nl-NL: Waarschuwingsinstallatie op bruggen.
Refers to signal, a light signal (for overlay signalling) or a marker board (pure ETCS signalling).
length of reduced speed section de-DE: Länge des La-Bereichs.
Calculated delay of level crossing activation for optimal barriers-closed time. The delay runs from the moment of detection to the moment the activation is requested. Can be zero, i.e. immediate activation.
Conflict only exists when the berthing track is vacant, the shunting unit hasn't yet reached the berthing track. de-DE: Inselgleis_frei: Gegenfahrtausschluss besteht, wenn die Gegenrangierfahrt das Inselgleis noch nicht belegt hat
Baseline 3, which includes Limited Supervision.
de-DE: Gebiet der ehemaligen Deutschen Bundesbahn
The train in this category is allowed to approach the dangerpoint with this release speed.
RBC acknowledgement timer: A configurable timer used to resend application messages in case of communication loss. The timer starts at the moment of sending the application message for which acknowledgement is required.
a power grid dedicated to railway signalling
TD-0810 - Object references (other data bases)
SPAD warning is triggered when this track circuit unexpectedly reports occupied.
Ständig wirksam wenn Fahrstrasse eingestellt.
de-DE: Eigenzwieschutzweiche Flankenschutzweiche, die durch die gleiche Fahrt in beiden Stellungen angefordert wird. Ohne spezielle Behandlung kann die Fahrt nicht eingestellt werden
de-DE: Niedrigfrequenzgleiskreis nl-NL: laagfrequent spoorstroomloop
The planned date of completion for this planning phase. This date of final information is not to be confused with date of taking into service. The data are incorporated into the data management systems within a given delay after the taking into service.
AR-0409 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The operational point from which the train leaves (platform track; used for calibrating train runs to the time table). nl-NL: verwijzing naar het dienstregelpunt (perronspoor) waar vanuit de trein vertrekt.
de-DE: Gleisabschnitt G im Bereich mit Fahrstrassensicherung (Bahnhöfe, Abzweigstellen).
Reference to the associated TIPLOC, if relevant.
Reference to the location of the timing point.
A movable element in the departure track may have to be locked in a given position. Position of a movable element in the departure track. Typically a point that acquires the given position as soon as the route is called.
The adjacent area is permanently under local operation, i.e. it has no interlocking. de-DE: Ortsstellbereich
TR-0707 - Basic object general attributes
Informs that there is a read-through risk with the signal.
Binds an ETCS telegram to an individual balise. nl-NL: de ontwerper legt vast welke balise het telegram zendt.
OC-0818 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The collection includes this block of IP- addresses.
$XREFPROP=$XID={1DF927A4-D994-4732-AE12-456407DC966D}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={DF18F987-12DC-4670-801B-DD9D4A20CC8C}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
de-DE: Fussgaenger nl-NL: voetgangers fr-FR: piétons
TS-0909 - Basic object general attributes
Route that is allowed if the conditions in the route relation evaluate to true.
OC-0716 - Object references (other data bases)
The call of a route using the given route body triggers the warning system. nl-NL: wordt aangestoten door een rijweg.
SI-0311 - ID Shunting target authority dependent
TD-0811 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
RO-0207 - Basic object general attributes
$XREFPROP=$XID={19B8BCD6-7381-4f69-BA2E-91A2CF7A8E72}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={E0CE3DF8-740B-42f9-B7CB-9442C9CB7703}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Train cleared section. de-DE: Gleis_freifahren
$XREFPROP=$XID={C95DA987-968D-4309-B890-A6ABEB4905BF}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={E177A393-33F5-4359-9F61-6370116C47B7}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
The chainage of the BTS of the GSM-R cell(s); needed to ascertain that the RBC-transition doesn't coincide with a GSM-R handover.
No exit allowed (e.g. because the signal is a block signal).
The telegram may need to be relayed onto this TrDr bus system. de-DE: Verweis auf den ZLV-Bus, auf den das Telegramm durchgereicht wird. Der Verweis wird gefüllt, wenn das Telegramm durchzureichen ist.
A wedge fixed to the rails at the end of the track that keeps cars from rolling away.
Quai à desservir à gauche et à droite.
$XREFPROP=$XID={5C546F32-4C5C-43c9-BA75-66E35B31394C}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={E29470F2-F92F-4750-B9C4-27CCF6814E55}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
ETCS Level 0 E.g. shunting area on HSL Zuid (NL)
AR-0408 - Object references (other data bases)
The TP area has a location that may be left open in early design stages when data aren't (yet) available.
A tray, attached to a wall or ceiling in buildings or tunnels, for guiding cables. de-DE: Kabelrinne nl-NL: kabelgoot fr-FR: goulotte de cablage
The registry of design speeds used for the planning and signalling engineering. de-DE: VzG nl-NL: OS-blad, kan als string worden opgegeven.
The shortest overlap in the category less than 50 metres. Only given when the interlocking can't dynamically provide the overlap length to the RBC.
Default telegram is sent when the switchable balise is disconnected.
Acknowledgement only applies when entering ETCS Level 2/3.
OC-1408 - Reserved IP adress block grey V4
LO-0408 - Basic object general attributes
GE-0208 - Object references (other data bases)
The branch that leads to the crossing (the diamond). This is the branch that leads to where the tracks actually cross. Only applies to slip points. de-DE: Weichenschenkel, der bei Kreuzungsweichen vom zugehörigen Zungenpaar in Richtung des Kreuzungsmittelpunktes führt. Das Attribut muss bei EKW und DKW angegeben werden, um eine lagerichtige Zuordnung der Kanteneigenschaften sicherzustellen
Coordinates in the national mapping grid.
LC-0701 - LC operating display element general attributes
OC-1003 - Object references (other data bases)
distance along the track to the alignment target
PL-0404 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
switchable frame designed to show supplementary aspect information, e.g. speed, direction information, tunnel approach, or the french oeuilleton (degraded situation).
The current limit applies to this train category.
In case the track between the back-to-back signals can be split, all relevant track designations have to be given for each possible back-to-back definition.
TP-0911 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Einde beveiligd gebied. Aan de andere zijde is een opstelterrein of terra incognita.
Like NB-G but also powered points can be operated. de-DE: NB-W: wie G, zusätzlich Umstellung von mit Antrieben ausgerüsteter Weichen möglich.
SI-0707 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: Gemeindestrasse innerorts fr-FR: route communale en agglomération nl-NL: lokale weg binnen bebouwde kom
Timer start counting when the trackside has ascertained train integrity from the train report. Paragraph 3.4.1.3
Supervised speed at the end of the supervised section. de-DE: VGR-2; Überwachungsgeschwindigkeit am Ende des Überwachungsabschnitts.
Speed of trains approaching the signal if different from the line speed.
The planned date of completion of this group of project stages. Supports project managers to forecast, timely ordering, and resource planning.
Les commutateur Canton « V » : commutateur présent le long des voie permettant au agent de la maintenance de sXXXXXXXXassurer que sur une zone des voie se situant entre 2 postes que les trains ne peuvent évoluer quXXXXXXXXen marche à vue. Cette installation est utilisé hors zone de poste.
Non-standard gauges are typically associated with (sets of) drawings.
Distance between BG and start of reduced speed section. de-DE: Distanz zwischen Datenpunkt und Beginn der Geschwindigkeitseinschränkung.
The derailer is mechanically fixed and locked in this position.
The route (or parts of it) is not electrified. This route is permissible for non-electric vehicles only. de-DE: F-Bedienung nl-NL: Dieseltractie fr-FR: Thermique Note: this is a static property and does not take into account whether traction power can be switched off.
Minimal distance calculated based on the minimum response time, the signal complexity and the local speed. Fixed in national rules, sometimes adapted to local circumstances.
OC-1406 - Reserved IP adress block blue V4
RO-1829 - ID Point to keep the entrance signal closed
RO-0601 - Overlap points crossings general attributes
ETCS Level 1 properties. Instantiating this class and linking it to a balise group expresses that it is a balise group for Level 1.
The required occupancy status of the target track. de-DE: Kriterium für die Auflösung von überwachten Schlüsselsperren im Zielgleis von Rangierstraßen.
Locks an asset such as point in a given state.
Signal(s) that prevent unsuitable trains from transiting. de-DE: ausschließlich für ETCS L2 oS (ohne Signale)
LC-0805 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LD-0222 - Object references (other data bases)
An inclined panel. de-DE: Pult en-UK: part of the UI where the interactive UI elements are.
OP-0611 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
LO-0510 - Basic object general attributes
CCTV camera in a clearance detection system. Typically an auxiliary system supporting the signaller to detect that track is clear.
TR-0609 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
de-DE: Forst- oder Landwirtschaftsweg fr-FR: chemin agricole ou forestier nl-NL: pad t.b.v. land- of bosbouw
Road traffic light; can have a St. Andrews cross.
$XREFPROP=$XID={F3218A26-385F-48c9-A2FE-47E0B905DA0A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={EB43B26B-E531-4f3b-8816-447B416F0967}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
This set of files is used to program an ETCS balise.
Timestamp when the data set was generated. de-DE: Erzeugung Zeitstempel
$XREFPROP=$XID={49384DD4-7D61-42d1-8478-98D8C0764E3A}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={EC0B499E-732B-410d-BEB9-0ED5986D1D69}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Speed profile in force with lateral line signals. de-DE: signalgeführt
RO-0610 - Basic object general attributes
Dead-end track that is claimed by a single train and then remains claimed until it returns. de-DE: Stichstreckenblock
The location that has to be protected by the PZB system and that decides where the PZB device must be installed. de-DE: massgebende Gefahrenstelle für die INA-Berechnung.
Annulation dXXXXXXXXun TIV.D fixe ou mobile.
The type of wiring circuit that the block system uses. SNCF: not used because the type of block element provides equivalent information.
Train speed category for which a given route request delay is applied. de-DE: Geschwindigkeitsklasse, für die die in Tv GK angegebene Geschwindigkeit gilt. Für jede Geschwindigkeitsklasse (GK) ist eine Instanz der ARS speed category anzulegen. Bei der Festlegung von Geschwindigkeitsklassen sind herstellerspezifische Unterschiede zu beachten.
The distance over which the restricted speed applies. This allows the LX sufficient time to close. nl-NL: de lengte van de conditionele snelheidsbeperking naar de overweg van het vertrekdetectiepunt.
Set of properties that applies to the traffic sign or traffic light. Omitted when no properties need defining or when properties are inherent to the type of sign.
GE-0815 - Basic object general attributes
Flank protection is requested by the given local operating zone.
GE-1010 - Object references (other data bases)
Speed restriction applying to a route. de-DE: Fstr-v
OP-0610 - Object references (other data bases)
This route explicitly requires flank protection. de-DE: Flankenschutzsuche DB defines the required flank protection per point, thus implicitly acquiring flank protection.
List of balise groups that a train can encounter when driving in SR authorisation. Track side issues a route with MA at the end of which the train switches to SR. Used by ProRail and TRV when the train has no known position.
EULYNX parameter Con_t_TDP_Delay is a configurable delay, defining the duration of a passed TDP and the message, that the TDP is in state "TDP not passed".
Functionality that can apply to local operating zones of type NB-R only. de-DE: NR-R Funktionen
FC-P-A, Force section status to clear, preparatory, with acknowledgement
PD-0524 - Object references (other data bases)
Reference to the fictitious signal where the train exits the station and enters the block. de-DE: Ausfahrziel Strecke, A-Feld
AR-0406 - Previous route locking indicator analysis
$XREFPROP=$XID={D049A81C-666A-4a40-BF8E-1B7058204678}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={EE7E68CC-86D5-4f39-B1D3-26E6AE505E47}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
in rare cases, controlled track assets could have a back up power supply
The spot location of the feeder/receiver; typically near but not necessarily exactly at the section limit.
A mesh protects the signal and track workers from the overhead line. Alternative choice is a cage which is an almost closed mesh.
Gets power from a physical power supply module.
Description of the communication configuration at end point B. de-DE: Anhang mit Beschreibung zum Informationsabgriff.
RO-0911 - Intermediate point subroute speed upgrade
de-DE: Räumstrecke dSK' gemäß Ril 815.0033A01 (vorgeschaltete Lichtzeichen).
Power from national grid or signalling grid.
OC-0717 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
The opening of the main signal covering the level crossing can be delayed. If not provided, equals zero. Typically allows road users to evacuate the danger area in case of half-barrier crossings.
No longer in service, partly removed (e.g. in France, the drive is removed), yet some iron is left.
The equipment that reports passage of a train. This supports the clearance-proving of the block. Used for open lines without further technical equipment. de-DE: Schaltmittel zur Räumungsprüfung (E-Feld)
Electric length of FTGS subsection E1, E2, E3 (See the FTG S documentation).
socket to which an external power supply, typically a mobile generator, can connect.
The duration after which the ARS system stops trying to call routes. de-DE: Zeit bis zum Lenkabbruch, wenn die zyklische Stellbarkeitsprüfung der ZL bis dahin negativ war.
TS-0109 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=sounds pre-alarm during;
Duration of acoustic warning in the pre-announcement field. de-DE: Dauer einer akustischen Meldung im Voranzeigefeld.
RO-1834 - ID Point to open the entrance signal
The controller implements the EULYNX SCI-LC interface.
LO-0503 - LOA zone element general attributes
The block element automatically sets the block when the next train needs to be sent and the block is normalised.
The level crossing system that the switch component works on.
Applies to left or right branch of a point. fr-FR: en talon gauche ou droite d'une aiguille
Halt for freight trains. nl-NL: stoppen voor het sein.
The signal aspect is a fall-back aspect. de-DE: Rueckfall
The frame or signal is attached to a roof, e.g. a platform roof. Alternative choices are wall (e.g. for tunnel) or bridge.
This substation is configured to relay telegrams of the given type received on this bus. de-De: durchzureichende Telegramme
The spot up to where ETCS train departure detection can activate the level crossing. nl-NL: vertrekdetectiepunt
TD-0704 - TDS component rail cross-section
The edge matches this RSM linear element. The linear element either exists in the track topology or is separated from the track topology.
A symbol mask for the lamp that represents the type of warning or the addressed type of user.
OC-0912 - Object references (other data bases)
PM-0821 - Coordinate system oberservation area
Slope, given in the range 0 to 1, that determines the safety distance. de-DE: Maßgebende Neigung für die Ermittlung der Schutzstreckenlänge.
AR-0505 - Object references (other data bases)
The new status in the workflow was achieved by this actor. May be left out if the status was achieved by the organisation rather than a particular actor (e.g. initial creation).
LB-0301 - Block system general attributes
OC-0904 - Interlocking central unit general attributes
A cage protects the signal and track maintenance workers from the overhead line. Alternative choice is a mesh.
LD-0407 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Union=0;Derived=0;AllowDuplicates=0;Owned=0;Navigable=Navigable;alias=refers to TrDr from adjacent station;
Reference to TrDr system from an adjacent station. de-DE: Bahnhofsnummer aus der ZN-Anlage des Nachbarn. Die Angabe wird nur für die ZN-Anzeigefelder mit der Funktionalität ANB/ANN benötigt.
Reference to a locality where the line starts.
The section is released together with the route's last active section. nl-NL: Passief: De sectie wordt vrijgereden samen met de laatste actieve sectie van die rijweg.
FC-P, Force section status to clear, preparatory
An overspeed sensor can be suppressed when the point is in the given position.
The supplementary response time for the train driver to interpret the signal information in seconds.
other technologies like solar, fuel cell, geothermal, pneumatic, hydraulic
TD-0712 - Object references (other data bases)
The junction has a spot location that is typically located at the extremity of two or more linear elements of the cabling topology.
Reference to marker where a Level Transition occurs into the area. The transition markers are located near, not necessarily exactly on this border because in- and outgoing transitions can differ. Markers help define the functional transitions from one area to another.
If a route exit is a vehicle stop, a fictitious signal is associated with said vehicle stop.
$XREFPROP=$XID={E64713E3-319E-4047-B805-F43834E33B05}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={F6364BC6-0B2B-4c0b-8239-BE110E5636B3}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
TS-1021 - Basic object general attributes
Also known as semaphore. The aspect is given by the position of the arms.
The crossing is represented in the DB ETCS graph model by an ETCS node.
A special suppression is selected for normal direction (NR).
A speed checking system controller can have a line side housing. Not suited for LEU housing.
RO-1820 - ID Point to open the entrance signal
Reference to the corresponding intrinsic coordinate(s) in the RSM namespace, i.e. relative position on a linear element of the topology.
fr-Fr: L'intervalle est constitué de zones (=sections TVP).
de-DE: Ersetzt das Textattribut protectionType.
The diameter of the optical disc. Only given when relevant. de-DE: Durchmesser der Signalgeberoptik
Balise group is used in the context Berlin S-Bahn. de-DE: Zugbeeinflussung Berliner S-Bahn (ZBS).
SI-0303 - ID Shunting route simultaneous lockout
speed is not given when the train category is not allowed on the line or when the train speed is lower than the allowed speed
Information about location of the detector in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace. This spot location should concur with the location of the TVP section.
de-DE: Ersetzt das Textattribut technologyType.
The line to which the anchor point applies
LD-0223 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
A EULYNX DP signal refers to the equivalent signal in the RSM namespace. Information about location in the railway network and position on the map is stored in the RSM namespace.
ETCS Hybrid Level 3 properties. Instantiating this class and linking it to a balise group expresses that it is a balise group for Hybrid Level 3.
Lead timer that activates the level crossing earlier. de-DE: BÜ Vorlaufzeit
TP-1005 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
OC-0915 - Basic object general attributes
Expresses the level of eddy current brake prohibition.
The operational locality can be anchored to the line.
RO-0918 - Signal spacing reduced breaking distance
In case of "locked or remote" the first route gets the direct flank protection by the related point position; the second route gets the indirect flank protection, e.g. given by a signal. de-DE: Verschluss/Fernschutz
RO-0926 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Secondary IP-addresses, i.e. used for back-up.
The date of the source. This is intended to be the date of the survey, if that is the source, the date on the document, if taken from records, else the date of retrieval from the source.
Call a route on non-electrified track. de-DE: Bedienkommando "Fahrstraße in ein Gleis ohne Oberleitung einstellen" (nur beim Übergang in nicht überspannte Bereiche relevant).
The line-side installation, e.g. a mast or a bridge, may be registered as a civil structure.
The preferred position of the movable catenary.
GE-1011 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
RO-1006 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Smallest distance where the signal can be read. Closer to the signal, the driver may not be able to view the signal.
SI-0124 - MovementFromExistingOrPlannedPosition
PM-0818 - Designation sub-facility (controller)
a repeater signal is usually smaller. Refer to the aspect for the meaning of a repeater signal. The repeater signal is not considered a subordinated signal.
LO-0310 - Object references (other data bases)
FP-0206 - Flank protection signal destination inhibitor
Aspects flash in phase. Note: RFI uses flashing in phase or counter-phase to distinguish signal messages.
A small panel, can be portable. de-DE: Tablett
The level crossing system is fitted with a headlight unit.
TS-0707 - Object references (other data bases)
RO-1204 - Object references (other data bases)
$XREFPROP=$XID={600584B3-E902-4dff-809F-A389F0689580}$XID;$NAM=Stereotypes$NAM;$TYP=attribute property$TYP;$VIS=Public$VIS;$PAR=0$PAR;$DES=@STEREO;Name=enum;GUID={0093F5F6-018B-4c82-9EB5-0B68632BBC58};@ENDSTEREO;$DES;$CLT={FC57704A-B71E-42fb-A536-577E4BFB4E69}$CLT;$SUP=<none>$SUP;$ENDXREF;
Contains a set of positioned relations that govern how the linear elements connect.
The TFTP file with safety-critical data.
Control flows from controller to track asset or subsidiary controller.
FP-0306 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
Minimum road opening time of 10 seconds.
The bearing of the reflector is the angle between the line from radar to the first reflector and the line from the radar to the reflector in question. First reflector gets no bearing.
Miniature stop light, pedestrian (previously known as miniature warning lights).
TS-1306 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
In case 'other' is chosen, a reference drawing must be referred to. de-DE: sonstige; bei Auswahl des Werts 'sonstige' ist eine Profilzeichnung als Reference Drawing beizulegen.
Total capacity of the cable in terms of number of pairs or quads.
Platform edge for which the INA calculation was made.
Reference to a signal at the transition. The actual technical transition can have an offset with respect to the signal position (i.e. "early" or "late" transition) de-DE: Einstiegssignal. Bei Einstieg ohne bekanntes rückwertiges Signal ist hier kein Signal vorgegeben.
De maximale snelheid op het vertrekspoor.
The local operation device has a set of buttons and switches.
Access is restricted to IM staff only, i.e. those holding a key to open the box that houses the key release instrument.
The edge is known to this RBC, i.e. the RBC has information about the edge supporting the compilation of movement authorities. This allows creating a network of ETCS edges that may differ from the underlying track topology.
Equipment mounted at junctions (Junction Equipment).
SI-0370 - Reference DB Geodata Information System
If the balise group contains one or more controlled balises, it has a relation with a controller. The controller can be an LEU, Interlocking or an RBC.
The signal clearing/closing is delayed by this value.
The asset that owns this configuration-status has been replaced by a dummy, i.e. a stubbed object that mimics the real object such that the signalling system can operate normally. The dummy has no role other than providing the I/O that the signalling system expects. Typically used for points or level crossings. (German "Betriebsartenstecker")
TR-1203 - Object references (other data bases)
Eu.Gen Generic interface and subsystem requirements
Indicates that non-technical measures provide flank protection. This indicates that the system implements non-technical measures to achieve flank protection such as rejecting particular shunting movements or parking. The supplier must mark this in the system. de-DE: Auswahl der Maßnahme "Verzicht": Der Flankenschutz wird durch betriebliche Maßnahmen hergestellt (mittelbarer Flankenschutz). Die Maßnahmen "unmittelbar" und "Weitergabe" sind aus der Befüllung anderer Attribute erkennbar, deshalb muss nur die Maßnahme "Verzicht" explizit angegeben werden. DB-Regelwerk Flankenschutztabelle, Spalte 8 "Flankenschutzumkehr, Verzicht"
Category for trains equipped with Train Protection and Warning System.
TS-0104 - Acoustics duration advance display field
OC-1421 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-0911 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0902 - F operation (route partly without electrification)
OC-1218 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0102 - Operation command composite route
hasMovableOverheadLine True if there's a movable overhead line, over a point or crossing (needed for checking the route conditions). nl-NL: Een indicatie of een beweegbaar bovenleidingkruis in de route is opgenomen.
TP-0809 - Speed checking system power supply
FP-0209 - Flank protection point position
Key release instrument particular to shunting sidings on open line. It isolates (en-UK: shuts in) the shunting yard from the main running line. de-DE: Ausweichanschlussstelle
AR-0208 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0808 - Speed checking system arrangement
PD-07 - Points operation staggering feature
The route conflicts with overlap of the other route.
SI-0404 - Signal post telephone location
A trackside (purpose-built) housing for signalling equipment. de-DE: Schalthaus nl-NL: relaishuis
TS-1310 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-1101 - ID LC effectiveness route assignment
SI-0405 - Signal post telephone reference
imperative This boolean modifies of the message. True: the signalling system ascertains danger beyond the signal: the stop must be respected. False: a failure prevents the signalling system from asserting danger beyond the signal. Typically, the driver may then proceed with caution and permission given by the signaller.
TD-0621 - Transmission occupation information type
Cabinet housing a drive of a movable component or level crossing. DE: Schranken- oder Weichenantrieb. Eine Außenelementansteuerung kann in einem Schranken- oder Weichenantrieb untergebracht sein.
AR-0714 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PM-0911 - Date of completion single planning
GE-1409 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0802 - Intermittent train protection type
RO-1602 - ID Point crossing derailer object
Track not considered part of the main infrastructure de-DE: Anschlussgleis, Werksgleis en-GB: used for shunting nl-NL: raccordement, opstelspoor fr-FR: voie de service
Technische Realisierung je TVPS (Az, GSK)
A buffer stop that can be remotely controlled.
FP-0213 - ID Flank protection transmission right
TS-1414 - ID Attachment planning rules special
High Voltage Impulse track circuit. fr-FR: Impulsion de tension élevée (ITE) nl-NL: prikspanningsspoorstroomloop.
Track area under construction. de-DE: Baugleis
LC-0308 - ID Attachment planning rules special
A loop for the ATB VV system. NL: ATB VV lus
TS-0113 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The equipment has no housing but has housing-properties such as the spot location and position description. de-DE: Unterbringung_Art : keine
PD-0401 - ID Point crossing derailer object
LC-0209 - ID Attachment planning rules special
FP-0301 - Flank protection train detection
The electric properties of a LEU cabinet.
ProRail on-sight route nl-NL: Rijden op zicht rijweg (ROZ)
allowedWhenSectionOccupied True: the on-sight route is possible even when the section in advance of the signal is already occupied.
The balise group is used in the context of a system and use case that isn't defined yet. de-De: sonstiges Anwendungssystem
FP-0201 - ID Flank protection transmission single slip
GE-1015 - ID Attachment planning rules special
AR-0510 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The distance to the closed signal of this route is lower than usual, resulting in a shorter braking distance. This in turn can be signalled to the driver with a specific sequence of aspects (UK, NL, FR solution, pre-annonce) or an extra light (DE solution, Zusatzlicht).
TS-0712 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1006 - Departure print opposing track
LC-0609 - Remote power failure monitor impulse
Limit of a audio frequency section. The rail isn't cut.
GE-0817 - ID Attachment planning rules special
AR-0609 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Access is only possible by special procedure, similar to shunting. de-DE: gesperrt
GE-0908 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Describes a location by an asset that is not part of the data set but referenced within an other data set (outside the current EULYNX XML).
GE-1509 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Mechanical lever frame for manually throwing movable elements like points.
Grundstellung im Zustand gestört möglich ja/nein (Grundstellfähigkeit)
GE-0112 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-0606 - LC dependancy protecting signal
TD-0903 - Train sensor general attributes
Area removed or earmarked for removal. At some stage during the construction process the track is physically removed but the (topological) information about the area is retained so that it can still be shown in the diagrams or restored at a later stage, e.g. after track bed renewal. de-DE: ausgebaut
RO-1001 - Highest speed for route path (from register of permitted speeds on a line)
TS-1514 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Binary data file for loading into the balise data segment.
A railway bridge that can be opened or closed to train traffic.
RO-0605 - ID Point crossing derailer object
LC-1102 - ID Switching element assignment
GE-1109 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The type of lever can be specialised. E.g. SNCF has levers that act differently depending on the phase of the movement of the lever.
GE-1916 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-0902 - Designation interlocking central unit
LC-0102 - LC activation protecting main signal
SI-0326 - Lens diffuser operating position
Where passenger can access trains. The definition is national. It depends on signal sighting, length of train, position of doors, height of steps, presence of barriers or signs. It is possible to define an edge per direction, which can be relevant to coupling, splitting or turn-operations (NR and ProRail).
OP-0606 - Designation operating display element
GE-1613 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Small line-side cabinet for housing the ATB VV controller. It is spot located. nl-NL: Aansluitkast (ASK)
AR-0413 - ID Attachment planning rules special
en-GB: freight, shows as dotted line in operations drawing de-DE: Nebengleis nl-NL: Opstelspoor - gebruik SidingSection fr-FR: voie de service - utilisez SidingSection
At this spot and in the given direction, a transition procedure to another CSS applies.
Section of track on open line, i.e. not controlled by an interlocking. de-DE: Streckengleis nl-NL: vrije baan fr-FR: pleine voie hors poste (non applicable en France)
TD-0618 - TDS transmission occupation information
TC40 Change of Allowed Current Consumption
An ETCS track condition marking the location where the allowed power consumption changes.
The conflicting routes have TVP sections in common.
PL-0408 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Electromagnetic train sensor. A sensor with two heads can also detect the direction of a passing train.
GE-0213 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0904 - Route designation input string
GE-1711 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0806 - Intermittent train protection element speed checking system
AR-0309 - ID Attachment planning rules special
SI-0606 - Upper height of optical system
GE-1811 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Movable barrier that can be opened or closed to railway traffic. For instance a water barrier in a tunnel or dike. For barriers that block road traffic, refer to Level Crossings. Gated level crossings have a dual function, blocking either road or rail traffic. These are detected much like level crossing and therefore considered Level Crossings in our model.
GE-1312 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1023 - ID Attachment planning rules special
alpha The angle in degrees between tangent to the track and signal target direction at a distance of 300m or less. it-IT: L'angolo in gradi tra la tangente alla traccia e la direzione del segnale ad una distanza di 300m o meno.
OP-0205 - Designation local operating facility
numberOfTracks nl-NL: Aantal sporen; een kruis per spoor.
A panel to which switching equipment such as key release instruments or other control equipment can be affixed. May be mounted indoors. When outdoors, it is typically fixed to a post and covered by a simple roof.
Where cable routes join (not being a cable pit). de-DE: Trassenabzweig
de-DE: not used as a special track type nl-NL: rangeerterrein Kijfhoek fr-FR: gare de triage
PM-0805 - Date of completion planning group
AR-0119 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The safety code is a byte array that ensures the integrity of a RaSTA message. The full MD4 as specified in RFC 1320 with a configurable initial value.
OC-0917 - ID Attachment planning rules special
FP-0212 - ID Flank protection transmission left
A loop that senses train passage. NR puts the spot location of the loop in the centre.
All of the platform edge adjacent to a track. Includes ramps, stairs, fenced off or restricted areas where trains don't normally stop.
TS-1117 - ID Attachment planning rules special
SI-0503 - Signal aspect general attributes
Where trains are allowed to stand. Notes: NR and SNCF: ends at signal minus sighting distance. NR: platform standage. ProRail: bruikbare lengte. RFI only use operational platform edge. DB design rules consider the usable length only.
The dangerpoint defines the position beyond the exit signal up to where a train is likely to be safe.
canReportDegradedStatus True: this movable element can report a degraded status which means a loss of full detection.
Placeholder for a control object used when the architecture is not known (yet) or irrelevant. Useful during a tendering or design phase. Once the architecture is known, this object would be replaced by controllers that match its particular architecture. For instance: central interlocking and some decentral sub-interlockings central interlocking and many field object controllers (EULYNX style)
TD-0620 - Transmission occupation information direction
TS-0330 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1216 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Classes describing train flank protection.
Container for classes that are yet to be validated.
TS-0313 - TD display field deletion criteria
nl-NL: eigenschappen bij de plek waar weg en spoor kruisen.
A spot on the track where a train enters the control area of a another TP system. de-DE: Bereichsgrenze. nl-NL: puntafbakening van het beinvloedingsgebied.
LC-0114 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TD-0318 - AssociatedTrainDetectionSection
LO-0213 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PD-08 - Points operation staggering feature assignment
LO-0410 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Concrete, ballastless track bed. de-DE: feste Fahrbahn
isFloating The concrete slab to which the rails are affixed is supported by a flexible layer that attenuates elastic waves. Need not to be filled in if irrelevant to signalling or unknown.
FP-0221 - ID Attachment planning rules special
ND-0211 - ID Attachment planning rules special
minimum(Reading)Distance = 300m (what is required) available(Reading)Distance = 250m achievable(Reading)Distance = 280m preferredDistance = 290m combinedReadableDistance = 400m (with the help of a repeater) minimalViewingDistance = 20m (very close in front of signal)
Marks a spot location from where a given gradient applies. Can be associated with a gradient sign (UK).
TS-0102 - Acoustics duration offering/accepting the train
OC-1202 - ID Attachment transmission route from
TS-1202 - ID Attachment TD system plan computer room
A pull wire when activated detects obstacles, e.g. caused by land slip or low flying aircraft, over some distance.
LD-0112 - ID Attachment planning rules special
A footpath crossing that provides access to the platform for passengers. de-DE: Reisendenübergang, Resi.
hasTechnicalProtection True: the crossing has technical protection. False otherwise. de-DE: Resi (true) oder nicht-technisch gesichterter (Ntg) Reisendenübergang (false).
SI-0437 - ID Second criteria for signal closing
RO-0922 - ID LC activation (LC outside route body)
RO-0311 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PD-0601 - ID Attachment digital point drawing
PM-0906 - ID Signaling object planning area
PM-0905 - Signaling objects planning area
PD-0506 - Point crossing derailer object general attributes
TP-0810 - Speed checking system measuring section
TR-0908 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TD-0912 - ID Attachment planning rules special
SI-0711 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-0710 - ID Operational point identification
SI-0633 - ID Norm drawing distant signal board
FP-0310 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-0727 - Reserved IP adress block blue V4
The track defined by the LinearLocation is named "12" (Track 12).
This points somewhere within the (track) topology build up by RTM LinearElements
LD-0227 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LB-0214 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0715 - Release key release instrument destination track
LD-0310 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-1208 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-0709 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Meta-data used when programming the balise.
OC-0933 - Energy supply type auxiliary 2
PD-0529 - ID Attachment planning rules special
SI-0374 - ID Attachment planning rules special
BO-0307 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1303 - Central operating system interface
RO-0709 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PM-0902 - Attachment special materialisation
PM-0802 - Single planning step meta data
TD-0510 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-0409 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LD-0411 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The asset that owns this configuration-status is decommissioned: the element is physically present but disconnected or no longer controlled from the signalling installation (logically disconnected through software).
RO-0522 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1003 - ID TD stepping criteria target
SI-0513 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Level crossing information associated with ETCS operations.
RO-1209 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-1109 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Installation consisting of ATB VV beacons (transponders) and an optional loop.
OC-0730 - Reserved IP adress block grey V6
LC-0910 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Description Art der Freimeldeabschnittsgrenze. Dieses Attribut wird mit Ausnahme der AchszXXXXhltechnik fXXXXr alle Arten von Gleisfreimeldungen eingetragen. Je nach Art der Freimeldeanlage und XXXXrtlicher Lage ist die Angabe dieses Attributs ausreichend oder es mXXXXssen zur weiteren Detaillierung Objekte FMA Element hinzugefXXXXgt werden. GrundsXXXXtzlich sind alle FMA_Komponenten zentrale Anlagenteile. Inwieweit sie beidseitig genutzt werden, ergibt sich aus der Art und Lage der angrenzenden FMA_Anlagen. Das Attribut wird im bisherigen PT 1 im Gleisisolierplan (oder bei einfachen VerhXXXXltnissen im Signallageplan) dargestellt. DB-Regelwerk Planungsdaten: Sicherungstechnischer Lageplan, BXXXX-Lageplan, Gleisfreimeldeplan.
NetworkRail_SDEF Generate from EquipmentTypeTrackSectionLimit.Type + EquipmentTypeTrackSectionLimit.RailsAffected
Signalling Equivalent Unit (SEU) is a way of estimating the size of a signalling project; This determines if a piece of equipment is counted as an SEU or part of one. E.g. a signal & a point are 1 SEU each regardless complexity and components.
rate The SEU rate. Allows weighting the cost of the asset for accounting purposes.
ND-0112 - ID Attachment planning rules special
SI-0340 - Signal sighting route indicator
RO-0509 - Route speed restriction from overlap
An ETCS track condition referring to a Change of traction system (Track Condition 39).
Pit adjacent to the track at the end of a UTX. A UTX joins two cable pits, as per the cable duct topology. de-DE: Kabelschacht
LC-0809 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0930 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Room inside a building or a purpose-built trackside housing. nl-NL: relaisruimte of relaishuis fr-FR: salle d'appareillage
TS-1201 - ID Attachment TD system plan operating room
OC-1008 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LB-0114 - ID Formal confirmation 'train complete'
This route is available in an Automatic Route Setting (ARS) system.
Indicates the priority of the route when there is only one route from entry to exit, priority=0 when there are multiple routes from entry to exit, the lowest number has highest priority. Alternative routes are numbered 1..n This allows a control system to attribute priorities to route setting. Whether or not the control system auto-selects lower priority routes when no higher priority route is available, depends on national rules and regulations. de-DE: Regelfahrstraße 0, Umfahrstraßen 1...n
TP-0804 - Intermittent train protection distance to signal
LO-0119 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OP-0215 - ID Attachment planning rules special
FP-0208 - Flank protection point derailer
LB-0313 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-1109 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0813 - ID Interlocking controlled element
RO-1010 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-0914 - TD modem bus substation assignment telegram
OC-0728 - Reserved IP adress block blue V6
PD-0613 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-1008 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LB-0121 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-0619 - ID Attachment planning rules special
WS-0642 - Level Crossing Warning Installation Type
TD-0630 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PL-0213 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PD-0427 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0801 - ID Intermittent train protection element assignment
TP-0821 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-0408 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-0822 - ID Attachment planning rules special
without special SignalSigthingDistance requirements
LO-0512 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TP-0807 - Speed checking system distance divergent
TP-0915 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-1110 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-0613 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TD-0717 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-0721 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0612 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0408 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TR-0809 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0109 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-0612 - ID Interlocking controlled object
LC-0509 - ID Attachment planning rules special
FP-0115 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PD-0502 - ID Interlocking controlled element
OC-0729 - Reserved IP adress block grey V4
Intermediate Point Related Speed Upgrade
This route has a point that imposes a speed reduction. Once the train has cleared the point, the speed reduction no longer applies. de-DE: Geschwindigkeitseinschraenkung aufgrund Mittelweiche.
OP-0615 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LC-1016 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PL-0111 - ID Attachment planning rules special
LO-0315 - ID Attachment planning rules special
TS-1011 - TD stepping criteria switching
#NOTES#Values: qualified | unqualified Description: Overrides the package-level default for naming complexType definitions
false#NOTES#Values: true | false Default: false Description: Determines whether this element may contain mixed element and character content. Refer to the W3C XML Schema recommendation
sequence#NOTES#Values: all | sequence | choice Default: sequence Description: Overrides the package-level default model group
Glossary definition: "A safety device attached to a rail, that will, when operated, cause a derailment of a train making an unauthorised movement." Not to be confused with trap points. The derailment direction (direction in which the train is ejected from the rails) is an attribute of the individual derailer component(s).
Marks a spot location from where a line kilometer ribbon applies. The new counter starts at this position.
Eine TDS verwaltet ggf meherere TVPS und welche Zählpunkte welche TVPS begrenzen
SI-0333 - ID Interlocking controlled element
TR-0508 - ID Attachment planning rules special
PM-0903 - Attachment register of permitted speeds
SI-0613 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OP-0207 - ID External element controller
PL-0309 - ID Attachment planning rules special
A track lubricator applies grease to the rail head to lower flange friction around tight curves. It is mounted on the rail.
RO-0809 - ID Attachment planning rules special
RO-0209 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Class for storing information about the properties of the AWS system.
type General description of the AWS configuration.
LC-0711 - ID Attachment planning rules special
The interlocking calls this route automatically and again, immediately after the train has cleared the route. The operator has to intervene if he wishes to call another route. German: Selbststellbetrieb French: trace permanent UK: autoworking Note: When this functionality is part of the control system, use the class RouteAvailableInARS instead.
RO-1309 - ID Attachment planning rules special
OC-1201 - ID Attachment transmission route to
TD-0815 - ID Attachment planning rules special
Description of the Signal Alignment Point
Description of the alignment point, i.e. the spot that is targeted when orienting the signal head. Can be used in exceptional cases such as tight curves to describe a target that is situated off- track, for instance "line-side radio mast". NR normally targets the signal's AWS magnet and alternatively a given distance from the signal, or a spot on the track at a given distance from the signal.
TP-1009 - ID Attachment planning rules special
A very short track circuit that is exclusively used for detecting train passage. Typically used where axle counters are deployed or in the absence of other train detection. DE: isolierte Schiene
A cable duct for guiding cables crossing underneath the track. Mostly a pipe. UTX joins two cable pits, as per the cable duct topology. en-GB: UTX de-DE: Kabelrohr
automatic The obstacle detection works fully automatically (typical for radar).
semiAutomatic The clearance detection system requires human interaction, i.e. human confirmation that the level crossing is clear. Typical for camera systems.
de-DE: System der Zugbeeinflussung bzw. -sicherung, mit dem ein bestimmter Streckenbereich ausgerüstet ist.
Balise group types for tilting trains. de-DE: Datenpunkttypen B1, B2, B3 gemäß Ril 819.1330
A LX system that has the logic to autonomously process triggers from route setting and/or train approach. The LX warns and/or closes the barriers when activated. The LX reports failures to the interlocking. de-DE: Fü-BÜ
Condition required for the signal to show a given aspect, read from a compound logical object or a release instrument.
The function of this balise group in the ZBS context. de-DE: Durch das Anwendungssystem ZBS definierter Datenpunkttyp.
Balise group linking for Zugbeeinflussung Berliner S-Bahn (ZBS). de-DE: BG Verkettung ZBS
Describes whether a movable system (element) is passable for trains or not.
Modem types that may be used by a train describer bus.
Area with non-standard track gauge, i.e. other than 1435 mm. Track gauge is the distance between the rails.
A LC system integrated with a route and protected by a signal, normally a main signal. The interlocking activates the LC and proves the closing before opening the signal.
The CES is issued when point element(s) is in the given position.
A friction buffer stop can be equipped with a sensor that detects when an impact has shifted the buffer.
A loop in the ATB NG train protection system. NL: ATB NG lus
H Halt for freight trains. nl-NL: stoppen voor het sein.
The change is conditional to the given signal(s) showing the given message(s).
The ETCS telegram is sent when the temporary shunting zone is taken by local staff.
RO-0915 - ID TDS facility clear for shunting
List of standard communication interfaces for carrying process data. SCI: Standard Communication Interface DPI: Data Process Interface
Bahnübergangsstelle wo Straße/Pfad und Gleise sich kreuzen.
interlockingBorder Signal fictif à la limite de poste. Permet de scinder un parcours allant d'un poste vers un autre en deux itinéraires complètement distincts, limitant ainsi au maximum les dépendances entre les deux postes.
Types of road or paths that can cross a railway.
TP-0902 - ID Intermittent train protection element reference point
Berlin S-Bahn Funktionstypen gemäß 819.1360
fr-FR: Détecteur associé à une ou plusieurs voies. La vitesse des voies sera réduite, principalement en cas de détection de boite chaude.
Line-side device for testing the train-borne trip cock.
A physical MDM device that hosts any number of diagnostics collectors.
The different system levels that use routes. nl-NL: ontwerplaag die de route gebruikt c.q. de route ontwerpt.
Radar transmitter for checking that track is cleared of vehicles or other obstacles.
Orientation with respect to the from-to direction.
The direction in which the system extends, given with respect to the linear element.
Structure for guiding cables over track or other obstacle. Can be integral part of an existing bridge or viaduct.
The CES is issued when TVP section(s) is occupied.
The types of distributed power supply for field modules. de-DE: EV Modulart
TPWS frequencies for arming and trigger loops. The loops are stated to be Normal or Opposite direction. f1 - 64.25 kHz f2 - 65.25 kHz f3 - 66.25 kHz f4 - 64.75 kHz f5 - 65.75 kHz f6 - 66.75 kHz
Decentral part of the interlocking, running a sub-area of the interlocking area. Typically placed as close as possible to the field elements that it controls. de-DE: abgesetztes elektronisches Stellwerk
An Axle counting system detects rolling stock in a logical section by counting incoming and outgoing wheels.
A user interface element; visual or audible indicator, i.e. lamp or buzzer.
de-DE: Geschalteter Teil des Signalbegriffes.
monitored Indicates that the activation of this aspect is monitored by the interlocking. de-DE: Angabe, ob die Anschaltung von Zs 2 zu überwachen ist (true) oder nicht (false). Die Angabe erfolgt nur für den Signalbegriff Zs 2.
en-GB: point en-US: switch fr-FR: aiguillage nl-NL: wissel de-DE: Weiche
Expresses whether/when the interlocking proves the desired state.
continuously The proving is continuous (typical situation). For expressions like "the derailer is continously proven in position nonDerailing".
none The condition is never proven, there is no need to detect the state of the asset. This allows stating expressions like "point X should be in position right" (A route requests the point position but if the point cannot take the requested position, then the route can be locked anyway). nl-NL: verzoekwissel.
oneOff The condition is proven only during the activation. For expressions like "the interlocking opens signal S when point X is proven in position left but doesn't close the signal when the point is no longer proven". en-GB: when cleared.
staffAcknowledged Personnel must observe and acknowledge the state of the asset (because the system cannot technically acquire information from the asset) E.g. the driver reports that a point is in a given position, upon which the system issues a movemement authority. May be used for Track Ahead Free (TAF) where the driver acknowledges that a section ahead is vacant.
Lock for movable frog. de-DE: Schloss für bewegbares Herzstück.
A set of special conditions that trigger the sending of an ETCS telegram.
The part of a turnout, a crossing, or a gantlet, where the rails have an intersection which allows the wheel flanges to cross the running rail. The frog may be fixed or moveable. Also known as movable nose or swing nose.
Atomic static information displayed by the signal.
Defines when the overlap release timer starts.
startTimerAfterVacating Overlap release timer starts when train clears the TVP section. Typically used in reversing scenarios.
startTimerUponOccupation Overlap release timer starts when train occupies the TVP section, normally the berthing track. de-DE: Zielgleis
trainInitiatedTrigger Trackside releases the overlap only after train is proven in standstill by ETCS system or by a manual command. de-DE: Auflösung nach Stillstand des Zuges, z.B. ETCS
Indicates the source of the text on the label. de-DE: Angabe des Balisenstandortes auf dem Balisenschild. Die Bezeichnung ergibt sich aus weiteren im Datenmodell vorhandenen Angaben.
A level crossing system that is locally monitored by the train driver: The driver observes a signal that indicates the crossing working order. Failure and health status are optionally monitored and transmitted to an (unspecified) system (other than the IL logic). de-DE: ÜS-BÜ nl-NL: ovw vrije baan
The difference is that the interlocking logic uses I/O from the self-supervised level crossing, but does not use I/O from the locally-monitored level crossing.
Departure track from a work zone. nl-NL: Vertrekspoor van werkzone
ETCS Level 1 Limited Supervision properties. Instantiating this class and linking it to a balise group expresses that it is a balise group for Level 1 with limited supervision.
A section of the track where traction power is provided by an overhead line.
Electric (galvanic) separation joint. The rail is cut. These joints can be situated at the extremity of a track circuit. They are also used inside TDS sections, where they do not limit a track circuit. For instance point sections where track return current needs a change of the earth rail.
singleRail When true, which rail has the joint is determined by the spot location's lateral side (left/right/both).
Values are in SNCF document IG90169 §6.2.2
de-DE: Tonfrequenz-Gleisstromkreis nl-NL: toonfrequente spoorstroomloop
The function of this balise group is to order level transitions. de-DE: Angabe, ob es sich um einen Ankündigungs- oder Transitions-Datenpunkt handelt
de-DE: Hinweis zum Signalbegriff bzw. der Funktion des Fachtelegramms bei Festdatenpunkten (z. B. ZBS-Ende, Ortsreferenz).
States that the level crossing system can adopt, used e.g. for route condition evaluation.
Set of binary and unary logical and temporal operators.
RFI lens diffuser type. it-IT: diffusore a lente RFI
LD-0402 - ID Interlocking controlled element
An on-sight route is called when track vacancy cannot be ascertained.
An edge in the ETCS topology. de-DE: Kante in ETCS Topologie
A transponder for the ATB VV system. NL: ATB VV baken
Marks a spot location from where a given set of national values applies.
The string that is typed on the control console to call a route or more generally to control a track asset. This can be used if the string can't be generated from the designation of the asset, designation of the route or entry/exit signals de-De: Bedienstring en-GB: console code
Line Block information used by ProRail. nl-NL: informatievelden in gebruik bij ProRail.
hasStopDoor The block is equipped for stop/door. nl-NL: de vrije baan is met een stop-door schakeling uitgerust.
An area can be blocked to ETCS trains. Trains may exit from ETCS in the vicinity of the area. The types in this enumeration inform whether, and if yes, how a train may exit from ETCS at this signal. de-DE: Angabe, ob bzw. in welcher Form bei einer ETCS-Sperre ein Ausstieg aus L2 erlaubt ist.
Marks a spot location from where a given speed applies. Often associated with a trackside sign.
Types of footpath and cycle paths that can cross a railway.
signal Equipement complémentaire d'un signal.
speedChecking fr-FR: Controle de vitesse DAAT-Avancé
trainCategoryDetection fr-FR: Reconnaissance de catégorie de trains (de banlieue parisienne).
The ETCS telegram is sent when the point is in a given position.
Timer that applies to NR level crossing. Mrot: minimum road open time. Time during which a level crossing is guaranteed to be available to road traffic.
Enumeration of values for the information field linked to speed control. fr-FR: Abréviations de la désignation des champs liés au contrôle de vitesse. Source: SNCF document IG90169, paragraph 6.3.2
The ETCS telegram is sent when the workzone is taken by local staff.
Construction form of the barrier's bearing.
Network Rail automatic route Setting (ARS) system.
Opposing route locking for routes in areas with points. fr-FR: Enclenchement de parcours banalisé (dans les zones équipées d'appareils de voie). Les conditions d'établissement de l'itinéraire ne requièrent que la vérification du transit de sens contraire en aval du signal origine de l'itinéraire (e.g. pour vérifier qu'aucun intinéraire de sens contraire formé a pour destination un signal en amont du signal origine).
System type that allows choosing the appropriate frequencies for this TPWS.
Speed profile that applies to a given train category.
Main track in a station under control of an interlocking as opposed to open line. de-DE: Hauptgleis en-GB: Passengerline, thick line on drawing nl-NL: hoofdspoor in CBG fr-FR: voie principale en gare
Enumeration of values for the information field of the CSSP family not linked to speed control and various functions. fr-FR: Abréviations de la désignation des champs de la famille CSSP non liés au contrôle de vitesse et fonctions diverses. Source: SNCF document IG90169, paragraph 6.3.3
The given signal is cleared/closed when the warning system is triggered and after the delay expires. Not used for LC warning (use this instead). nl-NL: seinvertraging wordt door de eigenschappen van de waarschuwingsinstallatie bepaald zoals rijtijd plus marge.
List of types that can be allocated to a terminal element.
The reaction to be performed if a linking or a balise group message consistency problem occurs with the balise group linked to.
A main route for typical train operations.
#NOTES#Description: As defined by XML Schema Datatypes specification
List of states that a section can adopt. This list may be extended, e.g. ETCS Hybrid Level 3 defines some extra states.
Italian track assets are labeled with a series of strings: prefix + number + fullname it-IT: I track asset italiani sono etichettati con una serie di stringhe: prefisso + numero + nome completo E.g. prefix="Savv", number="03", fullname="Savv03"
Controller for one or more TDS sections. The type of evaluator depends on the connected TDS section technology, typically axle count evaluation unit or track circuit evaluator. Can be in the field or near the interlocking. Provides the logical vacancy status to the IL. de-DE: Gleisfreimelde-Innenanlage
A user interface element of type button.
RFI lens diffuser types it-IT: tipi di diffusori a lente RFI
The kind of reaction for which the crocodile is designed. This determines the type of current that is injected into the crocodile.
WarningAndEb fr-FR: Avertissement et frein d'urgence.
emergencyBrake fr-FR: Frein d'urgence AC current
warning fr-FR: Avertissement de survitesse DC current
The change is conditional to the given work zone(s) being active.
Informal note or comment. Lightweight form of an annotation.
KVB system properties. The inherited speed design properties are not used for KVB. FR: champs d'informations
Area where eddy current braking is prohibited.
Generic construction to describe the state of the elements of less common movable systems like movable bridges, railway barriers, movable catenaries and movable buffer stops.
This balise group function concerns tilting trains. de-DE: Neigetechnik gemäß Ril 819.1330
A user interface element of type switch.
Allows defining a set of special conditions for sending an ETCS telegram.
The uses of a fictitious signal. de-DE: Funktion (Verwendungsmöglichkeit) eines fiktiven Signals.
Signal colours, both steady and flashing. nl-NL: NS54 Kleuraspecten.
Types of Location of a Derailment Containment
Location of the derailment containment device. Left or right side with respect to topological linear element.
OC-0934 - ID Operational point identification
A speed restriction that applies to a given train category.
de-DE: Systemhöhe der Bahnsteigoberkante am Gleis, gemessen ab Schienenoberkante. Bei Bahnsteigkanten mit mehreren Höhen wird die Höhe angegeben, an der der Schwerpunkt des Reisendenzustiegs liegt
A raised construction for guiding cables across an obstacle.
bridgeNumber The number of the cable bridge, if used.
Balise group with index referring to predefined telegram set.
DB listing of special system arrangements. See parent-class for further description. de-DE: Anordnung von Aktiven Signalen bei mehreren parallelen Strecken oder beim Zusammenlauf von Strecken.
Geltungsbereich, dem das Signal zugeordnet wird (DS/DV). Die Angabe wird zunächst nur zur Unterscheidung Sh 1/Ra 12 vorgesehen.
ZBS_Modem types de-DE: Modemtypen, welche die Verbindung zwischen ZN Unterstation und ZLV-Bus für die Datenkommunikation herstellen.
Defines the acknowledgement area in rear of the start of the required mode.
de-DE: Zuordnung von IP-Adressen zu einem Gleisfeldkonzentrator.
The different types of track circuit feeders and receivers.
Line categories for which a block system is designed.
List of possible means of access to the platform.
Code letters for tagging PZB areas types. de-DE: Kennbuchstabe
Check code configuration parameter of the redundancy layer (Clause 6.3.6).
A switch or button allowing line-side staff to confirm that the rear of the train has cleared the block section. de-DE: Zugschlussmeldung
Function types that the display field fulfills. de-DE: Angabe der Funktionalität des Anzeigefeldes.
hasCargoCriteriumOption nl-NL: Geeft aan of bij de rijweg een goederen criterium kan worden opgegeven.
hasExtraControlOption nl-NL: Een indicatie dat de verhindering voor rijweginstelling van het beginsein van de route met een Extra Bediening genegeerd moet worden.
hasNormalControlOption nl-NL: Een indicatie of de route normaal instelbaar is.
hasStopSignalControlOption nl-NL: Een indicatie of de route met een Stoptonend Sein instelbaar is.
TP-1001 - ID Intermittent train protection element assignment
Types of physical communication layer type. de-DE: Physikalische Ausprägung des Übertragungsweges
Maximum (signalled) line speed, i.e. the speed allowed when the signals show 'proceed without restrictions'. de-DE: Geschwindigkeit, die bei Zugstraßen mit diesem befahrenen Teil ohne Einschränkung durch Zs 3 gefahren würde (Geschwindigkeit der Strecke).
Line-side mechanical device that activates the train's trip cock.
The types of Gfk used to estimate the number of address needed. de-DE: GFK Kategorie
The various types of effectiveness of the PZB magnet. de-DE: Angabe, ob der Gleismagnet/ die GÜ schaltbar ist oder nicht bzw. wie die Anschaltung erfolgt.
Strategies to ensure that the level crossing will be activated. This depends on the type of level crossing; some need earlier activation than others. Enum: BÜ Funktionsüberwachung
The number of wires that carry the block information. This characterises the block.
Defines the types of equipment location.
Dutch track assets are labeled with a series of strings: areaname + areatype + assetname + assettype E.g. areaname="Ut", areatype="Wisselgebied", assetname="41A", assettype="Wissel"
Modifies the behaviour of the interlocking's occupancy sequence checking pertaining to this section. nl-NL: configuratie van de volgordedwang voor deze sectie.
active Sections are crossed in direction x-y-z. Section x is released if y has been released, x turns vacant and z is occupied. nl-NL: Actief, de sectie y wordt vrijgereden als de voorgaande sectie x vrijgereden is, de eigen sectie y niet meer bezet is en de volgende sectie z wel.
passive The section is released together with the route's last active section. nl-NL: Passief: De sectie wordt vrijgereden samen met de laatste actieve sectie van die rijweg.
simplifiedActive nl-NL: vereenvoudigd actief. De sectie wordt vrijgereden als de vorige sectie vrijgereden is, de eigen sectie vervolgens gelijktijdig bezet is met de volgende sectie.
The route is suitable for the given type of traction.
The condition for releasing the key release instrument, pertaining to the occupancy of the target track of a shunting route. de-DE: Kriterium für die Auflösung von überwachten Schlüsselsperren im Zielgleis von Rangierstraßen.
The change is conditional to other circumstances such as night-time speed restriction.
Types of Train Drescriber Identity Deletion Criterion
List of possible criteria for deleting the train identity from the display field. de-DE: Kriterien, mit dem die Zugnummer aus dem ZN Anzeigefeld gelöscht wird.
Specific DB gauges. de-DE: Bereich wo besondere Lichtraumbedingungen vorhanden sind. Es werden nur die Bereiche angegeben, in denen von der EBO abweichende und LST-relevante Lichtraumbedingungen vorhanden oder zu beachten sind.
List of functions that light indicators can fulfil. de-DE: Meldefunktionen von Leuchtmeldern.
Classification according to the local control possibilities. de-DE: Festlegung der innerhalb des Nahstellbereiches möglichen Bedienhandlungen. Die Art des Nahstellbereiches (NB) entscheidet über die innerhalb des NB möglichen Funktionalitäten.
nb_g Signals show Kl/Sh1, Only locally-operated points can be thrown, Level crossing operation with shunting switch. de-DE: NB-G: Signale zeigen Kl/Sh1; nur ortsbediente Weichen umstellbar; BÜ-Bedienung mit Rangierschalter.
nb_r Like NB-W, but including shunting routes. de-DE: NB-R: wie W, zusätzlich Fahren mit Rangierstraßen innerhalb des NB. Nahstellbereich mit abgesetzen Rangierstellwerk.
nb_w Like NB-G but also powered points can be operated. de-DE: NB-W: wie G, zusätzlich Umstellung von mit Antrieben ausgerüsteter Weichen möglich.
The type of zones on the other side of the limit (as seen from the local operating zone).
Information from the CSSP family not linked to speed control.
Direction in which a TPS device is suppressed. Given with respect to the topological application direction that is associated with the spot location of the system.
The mode in which the movable element shall be controlled. See the enumeration MechanismTypes for choices of the types of mechanism that actually drive the movable components.
local The element is operated on site by means of a nearby control panel or lever (en-UK: ground frame).
remote An interlocking normally controls the element, even when the element can be taken over for local working e.g. shunting.
Speed restriction resulting from external constraints that cannot be deduced from the elements situated along or associated with this route. For instance noise reduction or simplification of speed profiles. Not to be used for speed restriction due to reduced braking distance. Use the class Route With Reduced Braking Distance instead.
Bandwidth types in bit per second. de-DE: Bandbreite in (k/M)bit pro Sekunde
PM-0809 - Department responsible for inventory plans
List of functions that can be allocated to a button. de-DE: Funktionstypen die einer Taste zugeordnet werden können.
de-DE: Funktionstypen die einem Schalter zugeordnet werden können.
The track condition marker limits an area. The effective direction of the marker is into the area. Maps to ETCS Track Condition 68.
Types of Confusion Risk with Other Signals
Informs whether the signal can be confused with other signals or signs so that a driver reads the wrong one.
Types of Level Crossing Operational Plug
A loop transmitting train protection information.
The type of block working. Must concur with the type of block element.
List of types that can be allocated to a set of positioned relations.
cut Node created to split a linear element considered too long for practical purposes.
legacy Node created e.g. at import from a classical node-edge model, for seamless tracing of legacy graphs.
temporaryConnection Node created to split or carve out a part of the topology. Allows creating independent topologies to be (re-)engineered in parallel and merged back after completion.
A set of properties that applies to a movable component with Network Rail.
other In case 'other' is chosen, a reference drawing must be referred to. de-DE: sonstige; bei Auswahl des Werts 'sonstige' ist eine Profilzeichnung als Reference Drawing beizulegen.
The kind of user of the communication channel. de-DE: Uebertragungsweg_Art
The associated track section is occupied when interrupter is activated/broken (only placed in derailer section; detects a train even if it is not on the rails anymore) Can be associated with a buffer stop that constrains the position of the derailment detector. Also known as track circuit interruptor.
repeated True: the detector is hard-wired to the track circuit occupancy. False: relay-based detection so that the derailment signal can be relayed for other functions.
The structure gauge is the outline within which there are no obstacles. de-DE: Lichtraumprofil nl-NL: profiel van vrije ruimte.
Category for KVB speed-controlled trains. This allows imposing speed limits per category.
Types of communication technology de-DE: Technik_Art. Technische Ausprägung der physikalischen Schnittstelle
Reference to the protected infrastructure object e.g. a signal or fouling point.
List of function types that a switch or button for a level crossing can fulfil. de-DE:
A trackside frame for locally controlling movable elements.
Informs the presence of a board behind the signal.
An interlocking can throw an overhead catenary just like a point or a crossing with movable frog. A movable overhead catenary is always situated over a point or a crossing.
A section with reduced friction coefficient.
ETCS Acknowledgement for Level Transition
Defines the acknowledgement area for transition into a Level 2/3 area.
Copy of the key, typically held by IM staff if the original key is lost.
Defines the order in which magnets are activated / deactivated. de-DE: Angabe des Anordnungsfalles des Prüf- und der Prüfmagneten einer GÜ.
All equipment is grouped into these categories.
DB specific class. de-DE: Schaltmittelzuordnung.
de-DE: Akustikdauer bei Anzeige der Zugnummer in Anbiete-/Annahmefeld.
Type of the cover of the signal lamp against glaring sun.
Diffuser orientations. de-DE: Bezeichnung der Stellung der Streuscheibe eines Schirm-Signals, die der Signalsichtbestimmung zugrunde liegt. DB-Regelwerk Planungsdaten: Signaltabelle 1, Zeile 9 (zweiter Eintrag)
de-DE: Lichtsignal mit Typangabe. DE may wish to associate a signal system with the signal. if the signal system type isn't needed, use the EULYNX DP light signal
RO-17 - TVD Sections to be checked to open a signal
An interlocking system that has a control relationship with track-assets and/or controllers in a yard.
Classifies the relations between adjacent zones.
SI-0335 - Controlled by signal box reference
A level crossing that is directly controlled by the interlocking (LC system).
An area where traction current is limited.
de-DE: Stellung des Streuscheibe eines Schirm-Signals.
FP-0210 - ID Point crossing derailer object
The typical delay between the moment the operator calls this route and the moment the entry signal opens. This parameter includes the response-time of many subsystems as well as point throwing time (the position of which is often unknown beforehand). This parameter is by nature stochastic. This parameter is useful for simulation purposes and system performance analysis. de-DE: Fahrstraßenbildezeit
ProRail fixed warning system types. nl-NL: WaarschuwingsInstallatieTypes
de-DE: Fiktive Signale sind als Start- oder Zielpunkte in den Zug- oder Rangierstraßentabellen erkennbar. Ihre Funktion ist nicht unmittelbar dargestellt, sie ergibt sich aus der Verwendung.
Classifies the risk of reading through the signal.
This package defines container classes: Data Prep containers for packaging signalling classes Geo information for enhancing RSM alignment Project management classes Project area outline Common configuration classes The signalling business classes and diagrams are defined in the Signalling domain.
Constructional type of the local operation device.
CablePit has to be located onto ALL ends of the adjacent LinearElements that are connected to the pit.
Facility that houses computing systems hosting the controller software. This centre is dedicated to running vital signalling applications, as opposed to standard data centres. de-DE: Technikstandort
Bezeichnung einer FMA Anlage (Train detection section).
Extra information as free text that applies to the object under configuration and that can't be captured by other classes. Not to be confused with annotation.
A Traffic Control System is located in: fr-FR: Poste de commande à distance de-DE: Betriebszentrale de-CH: Bedienstandort en-GB: signalbox nl-NL: VL-Post it-IT: Posto centrale/locale The technology string can indicate for instance "Digital traffic control system".
Class for storing information about an AWS magnet.
positionInGroup Position in group of the individual AWS magnet. Increases in the track chainage direction from 1 onwards.
type Can inform about strong magnet suppression
NR device Patrol man lockout device (PLOD).
Traffic volume for which the crossing is designed. The number results from a nationally regulated formula that can include both rail and road traffic. The calculation documents can be stored in an attachment.
Used to be the signal box short code. Today, the line code is used.
Simple wayside sign marking mileage/kilometrage/hectometre.
The sub-TIPLOC gives more detail for a given TIPLOC code (such as where a line code is used with a TIPLOC code to define the path of a timetabled service)
d Disallows main route setting into the lockout area but shunting movements are allowed.
e Similar to type k except that the key is in possession of platform staff and sometimes siding staff.
k Removing the captive key prevents train movements in both directions.
o Like type "k" except that authorised staff keeps the keys that activate the lockout devices in a lockout area.
p Protects line-side workers, patrol men, by preventing train movement in the wrong direction.
Indicates whether the element can move (not fixed, default) or has been immobilised in a given position.
Transponder for the ATB NG system. nl-NL: ATB NG baken
The ETCS telegram is sent when the given track asset is in the given state.
The luminosity, i.e. light intensity, of a signal lamp may depend on day/night or use in tunnels. Typically, a tunnel signal is configured at permanently low intensity. Many signals can be switched to low intensity at night.
TD-0619 - ID Transmission occupation information
A set of properties that applies to a TDS component.
Maps to SDEF legend, e.g. the message on a notice board.
Text legend written on the signal frame.
A balise used for Controle de Vitesse par Balise (KVB).
An ETCS track condition referring to a station platform edge (Track Condition 69).
A diagnostic collector is configured to acquire data points. The device-specific diagnostic configuration typically is an XML representing the OPC-UA address space (Eu.SDI.64, Eu.MDM.108)
National Train Control system as defined by ERA
Level Crossing Local Operation UI Element
A choke (coil) that filters certain frequencies. This separates TC signals from traction currents. de-DE: Drosselspule
Attachment, adorned with document type information. de-DE: Anhang
PD-0508 - Point crossing derailer adjusting type
A sand hump, drag or other pile of sand designed to stop an overrunning vehicle. Do not use the attribute isOfVehicleStopType when using sand hump.
TD-0623 - ID Train detection evaluation unit
Types of line side detectors of events that can affect the safety of train traffic.
List of signal frame components that send a message to the driver.
The safety code is a byte array that ensures the integrity of a RaSTA message. This class matches option 2 of §5.3.11 with a configurable lower half of the MD4 8 bytes as a string.
heatSource Typically gas, electric or geothermal.
This packages defines container classes, designed to contain, or "own", sets of objects. The outermost container class is the root of a EULYNX DP Eulynx Data Prep interface class.
Nationally specialised classes. Classes and their attributes keep english names for the sake of traceability to the EULYNX common classes. Descriptions are partly in the national language(s) to create a link to the national rules and regulations.
Classes describing low- and mid-voltage power supply for signalling assets.
List of sections included in the route body, ordered from entry to exit.
Selective slow/stop-order for heavy freight trains. Used only in transition areas for connecting to legacy signalling. NL: Een H- of L-lichtbak.
Signal aspect modifiers displayed as letters by boards or switchable matrix boards. nl-NL: Letters welke op borden of lichtbakken getoond kunnen worden.
Trackway that is equipped with derailment containment device.
Represents a path through a rail node (operational locality, station) by connecting two lines of way.
The local control unit of the level crossing.
SNCF device fr-FR: commutateur permettant à l'agent de la maintenance de s'assurer que les trains évoluent à vitesse réduite dans la zone couverte.
ETCS level types. Engineering rules may depend on the presence of line-side light signals.
Set of configurable level crossing timers.
Installation where tracks intersect. Some crossings, especially high speed ones, have a switched diamond to close the gap at the crossing (de-DE: Flachkreuzung mit beweglichen Herzstückspitzen, nl-NL: kruising met beweegbaar puntstuk). The slip points to which the crossing connects, if any, are separate instances of the Point class.
A subdivision of the trackside train detection (TTD) used for positioning trains by means of reported position and length.
NR level crossing system. Note that it is not necessary to define the type or streetname of the protected track crossing, its spot location suffices.
Symbols shown on ProRail signals. nl-NL: symbolen die op Nederlandse seinen getoond kunnen worden.
nl-NL: eigenschappen van overweginstallatie.
Predicted Overrun Protection (POP) group of signals. Overrun of any of the signals in the POP group triggers a closing of all signals.
Used case of single track, i.e. the opposing routes are part of one yard controlled by a single interlocking. fr-FR: Voie Unique (VU) Une voie unique dans le poste est une portion de voie délimitée par deux signaux de sens contraire dos à dos. Est vérifié que le transit de sens contraire de la zone de la VU est libéré. Si c'est le cas, le sens de la VU est pris et l'itinéraire s'établit.
not Centrally-controlled Area Departure Track
nl-NL: Een vertrekspoor NCBG in de context van ERTMS is een spoor waarbij een Movement Authority nodig is voor een vertrek op basis van een vervolgrijweg (in dezelfde richting of voor een kerende trein).
Speed restriction that boards or switchable matrix boards can display. nl-NL: snelheidsborden of lichtbakken kunnen deze symbolen voor snelheidsbeperkingen tonen
The change is conditional to the given points being in the given position. When no point condition is given, the ETCS marker doesn't depend on the path.
A set of properties that applies to a TVP section.
A condition in a State Transition Diagram is a boolean condition that triggers a transition from start-state to target-state.
A section of the track equipped with conductor rail, often referred to as third rail.
Rated voltage types (AC/DC and voltage).
Instructions for use of release speed according to §3.13.9.4.3 of the ETCS subset.
The sender plus receiver of an individual axle counter head mounted on or very near the rail. Note: In the EULYNX architecture, the counting head is called Detection point. Other kinds of wheel passage detectors, not technically integrated via the interface SCI-TDS, may be technically integrated via the interface SCI-IO (such as treadles).
false#NOTES#Values: true | false Default: false Description: As defined by XML Schema specification
An overlap section may, even though locked, be swung away from a conflicting route to provide a full-length overlap (source: INESS) The swinging overlap typically contains a facing point (de-DE: Ruderweiche). This implies that there are two possible overlaps associated with the closed exit signal and the signaller can swing the overlap between left and right (normal and reverse). The swinging overlap must point to two limiting train detectors. National rules and regulations govern when and how the facing point(s) can be thrown.
nl-NL: een route exit, doorgaans een sein, voorzien van een RV-timer.
Area with massive metal structures that are liable to adversely influence the TP systems.
Marks the spot where a RBC transition applies in the given direction. This class inherits a link to the handing-over RBC.
LC-0704 - ID Manual switchgear effect function
A gap in the overhead traction. A bascule bridge would typically have a gap with open wire and no type.
wired Indicates whether a (neutral) line is present. true: the pantograph must be lowered. false: no need to lower the pantograph.
Set of predefined telegrams for a transition.
Elementary section allowing electric train traction to be switched on or off.
Association class informing about the control relation between two controllers. A controller can have more than one relation with higher-level controllers.
Powered mechanism that drives turnout components, typically a point machine.
Train Protection Device used in France, Belgium and Luxemburg.
A detonator creates an explosion to warn the driver about imminent danger ahead.
type Can inform about on or off the rail. trailable.
The signalplan describes a set of aspect relations between subsequent signals. This expresses a relation such as: signal Y shows red, then the upstream signal Y shows yellow.
To capture detours by defining alternative, or backup routes via a given distinctive location. Hint to the signaller to visualize via which location (track, section or signal) the train will travel. The location proxy is placed on the topology on the track, section or signal of the route body.
An area where a given set of position report parameters applies.
Set of predefined telegrams for ETCS Limited Supervision
The spot from where trains can be dispatched, i.e. the spot where the dispatcher can sight train(s) and signals. Extra equipment like plungers can be installed here.
An abstraction of either a route entry or a route exit.
Power supply types used for TPS devices.
Allows shunting movement on track situated between the opposing signals. fr-FR: enclenchement de voie de stationnement (St). Typiquement utilisé pour une voie à quai. Le transit qui donne accès à la voie de stationnement en sens contraire est vérifié. Permet de manoeuvrer (e.g. pour coupler deux rames ou atteler une locomotive). Comme une VU, sauf que l'on peut y manoeuvrer (pour coupler deux rames ou pour atteler une locomotive). Au lieu de vérifier le transit de sens contraire de la VU, est vérifié le transit qui donne accès à la voie de stationnement en sens contraire.
Section where overhead lines overlap. When a train stops in the overlap, chances are that current runs through and damages the pantograph. Trains should therefore not stop here. fr-FR: sectionnement critique nl-NL: open spaninrichting.
type Description of the type of overlap: booster, auto, traction mounted auxiliary, normally open/closed switch. Used for assessing where to place signals to minimise the risk of trains stopping in the overlap.
Area(s) where a non-standard gauge applies. Standard gauges can be found in the national domain or indicated by reference drawings.
Indicates that a signal from a terminal track can be cleared even when the section in advance of that signal is occupied. de-DE: Besetzte Ausfahrt
A larger building, not necessarily purpose-built for signalling, that can house cabinets or equipment rooms en-GB: a signal box maps to a building. de-DE: Gebäude, z.B. Bahnhofsgebäude.
A key release instrument within the local operating zone.
needsKeyPresenceForReturn True: The key must be locked inside the key release instrument before the local operating zone can be handed back to the signaller. nl-NL: grendel moet ter plekke zijn vrijgegeven. False: the interlocking doesn't check the presence of the key before taking back the zone.
Condition required for the route to open, read from a compound logical object or a release instrument.
System behavioural properties of the crocodile installation.
trailable fr-FR: Crocodile talonnable, equipé d'une pédale pour annuler le crocodile lorsqu'il est franchi en sens inverse.
A pair (Compound Logical Object, boolean).
HighOrLow High equates to 1=true means safe for train passage. Low equates to 0=false means unsafe for train passage.
The line-side system can switch the light signal to intentionally dark when a cab signalling ATP system such as LZB or ETCS is leading. The signal lamps are intentionally turned off and the driver disregards the light signal. This avoids conflict between line-side aspect and cab aspect in dual signalling environments. Not to be used when a signal is switched to a special aspect (white lamp or white cross), indicating that the signal should be disregarded. The other signal lamps are dark but this is not meant by intentionally dark. Notes about dark signals: A light signal that is dark because it has failed represents danger. In the UK, dark mode applies to LX warning light that switch to dark on purpose, e.g. a failed level crossing in the UK because a permanent warning light invites undesirable behaviour by motorists.
Track area not usable for normal operation over longer periods. Construction activities are planned or taking place. The process and the time frames when activities take place are separated from the area. en-GB: Track area under possession en-GB: SDEF blue area during a given time frame
Configuration of a Point Crossing Element
Properties that apply to a point crossing.
Type of track, given if relevant for mounting signalling equipment.
Ranking used to distinguish primary from backup address network ranges.
At this spot and in the given direction, a mode transition procedure applies.
The ETCS telegram is sent when the given TPS device or TPS data transmission system is in the state indicated by the attribute TpsActive.
Release the remainder of a shunting route. de-DE: Aufloesung einer nicht angefahrenen Rangierstraße bei einer wendenden Rangierfahrt über mehrere Rangierstraßen.
German St Andrews cross de-DE: Andreaskreuz
A set of TDS sections for which the occupancy status can be overridden (a degraded mode operational procedure). The override procedure allows the signaller to open a signal that is closed because the TDS section reports (presumably false) occupied. fr-FR: autorisation d'annulation de transit.
A set of properties that applies to a ProRail TVP section.
The party that uses the asset and may be affected if changes are made to the asset.
The telegrams of the given type shall be sent for the given shunting/main route. In case the signal revocation group button was pressed, the telegram is sent regardless of the route. de-DE: Für die gegebene Fahrstraßen und diesen ZN soll das Telegramm 84/85 gesendet werden. Bei Bedienung der HaGT wird das Telegramm unabhängig der Fahrstraße gesendet.
TP devices can be train-selective. The TPS transmits information to the train such that only "suitable" trains are allowed through.
A TDS section within the local operating zone.
An overlap can cause a speed restriction in the approach route. This class lists the overlaps for which the speed isn't upgraded when the exit signal opens. For an overlap not in the list, the IL lifts the speed restriction when the exit signal opens.
A sign warning road users that they approach a level crossing. Not to be confused with the cross that invalidates a railway signal. en-GB: St Andrew's cross
A rail component designed to absorb lengthening or shortening of rail, for instance thermal expansion.
Spot where the infrastructure managers assets end. The working direction points towards the IM territory. Beyond is uncharted territories. Hic Leones Sunt.
Classes describing buttons, levers etc. that staff use in local operations.
Classes describing systems to protect local staff.
This is the LinearPositiongSystem representing the linear reference system (LRS) of the line.
E.g. Lamp, light spot, or indicator that is part of a signal frame.
Description of the area where the signal is located, to help maintenance workers to find the signal in the field. Can be an informal description (e.g. near junction x) or depend on national regulations (e.g. DE Bezeichnung nach Ril 100).
Electrification segment with information relevant to signalling.
A cable joint is where cable terminations are distributed, joined, spliced. As opposed to the cable joint installation, the cable joint is not housed. The linear location of the cables provide the position inside the cable route.
A signal within the local operating zone.
This is the GeometricPositiongSystem representing the geometric reference system (GRS) of the contry.
Provides the condition under which a text is displayed or stops being displayed.
Lamps or indicators that are part of a signal housing.
TPS Device using balise technology, e.g. euro balise, ATB NG or metro balises. A balise is energised by a passing train antenna and returns a series of bits to the antenna.
A point within the local operating zone.
A signal that prevents a train from entering track beyond the route body.
A derailer consists of one derailer component.
Set of properties that apply to DB points and crossings.
Defines the conditions for starting the display of a text message. The conditions are location (location of the marker plus an offset, as described in the subset) ERTMS level mode
A derailer within the local operating zone.
Class for enriching the RSM cant with information about the source of the data (GIS).
The types of block setting. The setting type on block A/B must be mutually compatible.
de-DE: BÜ mit deckendem Signal (Haupt-/LS-Signal)
This is the LinearPositiongSystem representing the linear reference system (LRS) of the NetElement itself.
A route for maneuvering on occupied track. TVP sections are not checked for vacancy before calling this type of route. If section proving is required, use the extension of this class defined in the related section proving diagram.
Information about corrections that were applied to the data during the planning process. This excludes processing at the moment of observation and storage of the original data set.
Supporting images, photos and diagrams for signal sighting.
A metal strip welded to the rail that improves wheel-rail contact.
Indicates whether the signal allows manual release of the overlap.
Indication that a non-railway power line crosses the track.
Detector of train passage. The treadle can be electronic or mechanical. fr-FR: pédale de-DE: Schienenkontakt nl-NL: pedaal The working direction of the treadle can be given by the spot location's application direction.
Platform roof, insofar relevant to signalling concerns such as signal fixation, obscuration and train stopping location.
A cable that feeds signals into or receives signals from the track circuit.
Class for enriching the RSM coordinate with information about the source of the data (GIS). de-DE: GEO-Punkt
A line-side object that obscures the view.
Parameter for selecting a telegram by index during the planning process. E.g. big metal mass.
Applies to a signal whose direction is opposite to the normal direction of traffic, that is a signal applying to trains travelling on the opposite track. Applies to double track lines only. Not to be confused with the topological direction of the linear element, which is not related to the direction of traffic.
Encounter Prohibition System (EPS) is a signalling function that prevents trains encountering in a dual-track single-bore tunnel.
EpsReportingPoint True when the signal reports to the system that prohibits train encounters in the tunnel. The signal may be located outside and in advance of the tunnel. de-DE: Meldepunkt für das Tunnelbegegnungsverbotssystem
EpsTunnelSignal True when this signal implements the EPS. False otherwise.
Signal placed in tunnels, typically used to indicate special fixing requirements and/or light intensity.
The warning system is permanently active; staff does not need to activate it. The warning is triggered by an approaching train.
This object can be left out in the case of a search light.
A software object in the interlocking. It may be visible on the signaller control display but not on the driver's DMI. Trains don't stop at a fictitious signal. Also called cross-boundary signal (see here).
Area where rail and road conflict. Also known as level crossing protection area. de-DE: Gefahrraum Mainly used by DB
Key box for disconnecting the announcement during engineering activities. Only used for open line level crossings. nl-NL: overweg sleutelschakelaar Alleen toegepast op de vrije baan.
A timer for measuring the time a train has been stationary before entering the temporary shunting area.
Telephone for communication between train driver and signaller.
The point or crank handle box stores equipment for manually operating and clamping points.
Watchdog that checks the pulse of the inter-RBC connection.
Signals are placed at regulated positions. In exceptional circumstances, the signal is placed differently which may require additional documentation, eg. a 3D BIM model, and dispensation. This common EULYNX DP class can therefore be tailored to national needs. For instance: Germany: two double-track arrangements would lead to confusing situations so the signals can be placed at the other side of the track. A checkered sign points out this fact to the driver. France: signals in Alsace - Lorraine region are placed on the other side as in other French regions.
The position of the operator relative to the equipment, when viewed from the associated track.
Class for enriching the RSM alignment segment with information about the source of the data (GIS) and EULYNX DP configuration properties such as designation and applicable rule set.
Extension area of a departure track. nl-NL: vertrekspooruitbreiding. Het spoorgedeelte mag maximaal één sectie ten behoeve van treindetectie bevatten. Er mogen wissels in voorkomen, maar geen overwegen of beweegbare bruggen.
Set of timers and counters that apply to the RaSTA upper communication layers.
The types of mechanisms that drive movable components.
handOperated Local manual operation by hand-pulled levers. Forces can be transmitted by rods but over a short distance. When forces are transmitted over longer wires and rods, powering is considered mechanical.
mechanical Power is transmitted via wires or bars over larger distances.
Permanent installation for warning line-side staff. nl-NL: vaste waarschuwingsinstallatie
The block instrument indicates the state of the block line.
Provides a reference to a left, right or facing branch of a point. de-DE: Verweis auf linken, rechten Weichenschenkel oder auf Weichenspitze.
Container for classes needed for signalling engineering and the Data Preparation. This translates into the XSD as an XML-element that contains ProRail-specific signalling entities.
A physical section of conductor rail that is placed to the left, right or centre.
fr-FR: Enclenchement de sens entre postes. Checks to prevent simultaneous opening of opposing signals that are controlled by different interlocking systems.
Parameters governing behaviour when the level crossing malfunctions. nl-NL: gedragsconfiguratie bij het defect raken van een overweg.
A symbol that sends a message to the driver. E.g. a fixed letter, an arrow, a letter or a number that can be switched on. The symbol is normalised in the signalling rules and regulations. If the text is not or less regulated, use the class TextInformation. This is a display value and shouldn't be interpreted e.g. by simulation programs or speed profile designers.
The SNCF route body is used for opposing route checks.
Set of regulations describing ProRail signals, signalled messages and aspects. nl-NL: seinenboek
A loop in the ATB train protection system. NL: ATB lus
The ETCS telegram is sent when a signal sends a given message, or shows a given aspect.
A movable component that is spot-located but not specified in the signalling domain, e.g. movable bridges, water barriers. The subtypes of this class represent movable components that are specified in the signalling domain.
Information for labelling the balise group. de-DE: Auf dem Balisenschild angegebenes Hauptanwendungssystem des Datenpunkts (z. B. GNT, ETCS)
Lock attached to a clamp that prevents point blades from moving. The movable element is found through the asset-in-state relation. Not to be confused with the facing point lock which is a (remotely operated) movable component.
Meta-data about the source of the alignment data. This provides an indication for the quality of the data.
Node in the ETCS topology. de-DE: ETCS Knoten für Streckenende/wechsel im ETCS Knoten-Kanten Modell
Properties of the DB train describer display. de-DE: ZN Anzeigefeld
Informs the restrictions for forcing a TDS section to clear (RFC). de-DE: Grundstellfähigkeit
Defines the conditions for ending the display of a text message. The conditions are length or duration, as described in the subset ERTMS level mode
Set of timers that apply to a set of physical train detection sections. Definitions are found in the HL3 specification.
An installation that prevents railway vehicles from going past the end of a physical section of track. de-DE: Prellbock fr-FR: heurtoir nl-NL: stootjuk
Classes describing key locks, key release instruments and dependencies.
If a signal fails to show a given aspect, then another signal is forced to show another, typically more restrictive, aspect.
The overlap can only be activated when the block accepts the direction in which the route and thus the overlap are set.
Some reference drawings contain parameterised sketches that need a specific value in a concrete engineering planning. This concrete value is stored as a key-value pair where the key is the name of the parameter in the drawing and the value is the applicable value.
TP-13 - Intermittent train protection ATBVV System
Refer to the glossary entry Subsystem - Maintenance and Data Management for the definition of the MDM in the EULYNX System.
Automatic Power Control Magnet. Strictly speaking, this is not a train protection device but it uses the same technology to transmit information about the neutral section.
The signal must be aligned such that the driver can see it. This class describes the position (upstream on the track) of the target of the signal: distance, and optionally height. This information is typically checked during the installation and testing phases.
Operational function of the signal, e.g. entry or exit signal, block signal, bridge warning signal. These functions are nationally defined and can be described in the national domains (outside the common EULYNX DP scope).
TP-14 - Intermittent train protection Crocodile Element
An intangible asset. Virtual track assets can be composed of or derived from physical track assets. They may be displayed on the signaller's user interface. Logical entities such as routes are transient, thus not considered track assets.
A shunting route can normally be activated even if one or more sections are not proven vacant. This class selects which sections must be proven vacant. If no sections are needed vacant no ShuntingRouteSectionProving instance is created.
A pair (level crossingi, statej)
Aspects that ProRail light signals can show. nl-NL: de aspecten die Nederlandse lichtseinen kunnen tonen.
A route that is composed of two or more elementary routes. The elementary routes are commonly referred to as atomic routes or subroutes.
de-DE: Maßnahme, durch die der Flankenschutz im linken Strang der Zwieschutzweiche hergestellt wird
Provides the reference point with respect to which the position of the balise group has been measured. This can be used to validate the measure. de-DE: Einmesspunkt
A structure where tracks cross at different levels.
ETCS packet as defined in subset-026. Used by either balise telegrams or RBC messages. The end-user can use an existing XSD to instantiate XML of ETCS packets. See for instance the openETCS project (here).
number The number of the the ETCS packet according to subset 026-7.
The TPS speed checking system protects a given point. de-DE: PZB Element Bezugspunkt Weiche.
Name of the section that the signaller can refer to for operational purpose (e.g. track 1/2) or a name that appears on signalling plans. Use the Designation class inherited from the Configured Base Object to set the name. en-GB: line name de-DE: Gleisbezeichner nl-NL: spoornaam fr-FR: nom de la ligne
DB level crossing system. de-DE: BÜ-Anlage, Attribute Technology Type und Protection Type nicht ausfüllen weil die Pflichtangaben der Enumliste angegeben werden.
A set of active and/or passive aspects representing a message sent by a signal. Typically, the meaning of the message is defined in a rule book.
A grouping of sections where ARS monitors correct sequential operation.
Individual information fields for a KVB Train Protection System.
normalDirection true: information works in the normal direction. false: works in reverse direction. Normal/reverse refers to the orientation of the balise group.
Properties that apply to the FTG S track circuit. Cut section length E1, E2, E3 are given only if there are at least 2,3 or 4 cut sections. de-DE: Elektrische Laenge des Teilabschnitts En. Ermittlung entsprechend Anwendungsrichtlinie. Angabe des Attributs erfolgt nur, wenn mindestens 2,3 oder 4 Teillaengen existieren, sonst ist die Angabe des Attributs FMA Laenge hinreichend).
TP-12 - Intermittent train protection ATBVV Element
Information about an Attached Signal Post Telephone. This supports the assessment of driver safety and whether extra measures may be needed so that the driver can safely access the telephone.
The capacity of the cable in terms of number of included strands.
A shunting route towards the referenced exit signal is allowed only when the referenced block is set in direction of the open line. de-DE: Eine Rangierstraße mit diesem Zielsignal ist nur einstellbar, wenn die Erlaubnis des Streckenblocks in Richtung Strecke zeigt. Abhaengigkeit einer auf ein Signal zufuehrenden Rangierstraße von der Stellung der Erlaubnis einer Block Anlage.
A pair of a key (i.e. the name of the National Value) and its value.
The movable element returns to the preferred position when it is no longer claimed by a route, typically because the passing train has cleared the movable element.
Placeholder for specific national timers. E.g. minimum road open time: time during which a level crossing is guaranteed to be available to road traffic.
Device that allows line-side workers to lock out part of the network, thus claiming protection from trains.
Marks a spot and direction, where an ETCS transition occurs.
Container for acknowledgement area parameters. The design parameters are typically derived by national rules depending on duration and distance. They can be stored with the data.
All object diagrams might be out of date as they are not maintained when the model evolves.
The configuration of the line block working.
A set of telegrams that is sent under the given set of conditions applies. Used for switchable balises. The SRS versions allows selecting telegrams of a given version.
Indicates whether the train may proceed beyond the signal with or without stopping.
Set of TVP sections used for deadlock checking (AND checking). de-DE: Sammlung der Gleisabschnitte, die in ZL DLP Fstr eingebunden werden und für die eine Prüfung auf Deadlock erfolgen muss.
Detailed description of the object under configuration. Not to be confused with annotation.
See SNCF document DES258/IG33258 for details about the properties in this class.
Marks a spot location from where a given track condition applies.
Allows passengers to board and alight from trains. Has one or more edges and passenger accesses. The platform designation is usually composed of the names of the platform edges, e.g. Platform 3 and 4. Sometimes, a name like Platform A with tracks 102 and 103 may occur.
The distance to a protected location that the TPS needs to halt a train.
List of commands that the local operator can issue in zones classified as NB-R. de-DE: Für den Bediener soll das Bedienkommando im freigegebenen NB-Bereich möglich sein.
Centrally-controlled Area Departure Track
Departure track in an area that is centrally controlled. nl-NL: vertrekspoor in CBG
General class for describing the signal type. National types can be described in the national domains. For instance: signal head type as defined by NR.
List of TVP sections required for flank protection of a given route.
The lozenge shape where the rails intersect in a crossing.
Designation of DB track assets. zB. Weiche 5 in P-Hausen index (Kennzahl) = 60 localName = 5 shortNameLayoutPlan = W5 longNameLayoutPlan = 60W5 nameInTable = 60W5 nameOnSite = 60W5
The area fitted with a warning system that alerts line-side staff about impending danger. The area can have a designation, name and other configuration items.
Set of positions that a derailer can adopt.
LC-05 - LC effectiveness route assignment
A signal that protects the entry of the route.
TP-10 - Intermittent train protection signal assignment
A stretch of track where a given property like speed or gradient applies. The property is constant in the segment.
Class for enriching the RSM linear element with configuration properties such as designation and applicable rule set.
Telegram that must be relayed. de-DE: durchzureichendes Telegramm
Classes pertaining to the EULYNX DP interface file, planning in terms of data releases that reflect a project stage.
Classes describing high-voltage traction power supply from signalling perspective.
Classes describing speed profiles per train category.
These packages define classes that have a function in signalling.
A set of (asset,state) pairs that describes the state of the signalling system.
TP-11 - Intermittent train protection ATBNG Element
NR signal frame. The type of frame is inherent to the aspect, i.e. speed warning, termination, repeater, spate, enhanced permissible speed.
Marks a spot location from where a speed applies.
The position of an object in a specific view.
Identifier of the quadrants formed by a road intersecting railway track(s). en-GB: corner YN/ZO/ZN/YO
Tuple of a transit plus point and position. fr-FR: paire transit et position de l' aiguille.
The entry signal is associated either with a light signal informing train staff to prepare for imminent departure (de-DE: Fahrtankünder - weißes Dreieck) a counter indicating the remaining time to planned departure (ProRail) a system that messages the train staff mobile device (de-DE: dann entfällt der physische Fahrtankünder).
Informs where to plot objects in a particular view or layout. The function and description of the view are given by the configuration properties.
Gap in the traction system where no traction power can ever be drawn. en-UK: neutral section in overhead line systems, gap in third rail systems. de-DE: Trennstelle nl-NL: spanningsloze sectie fr-FR: section de séparation
The cut-out of a map that is overlaid on the drawing of the track. The area location is defined by means of corner coordinates in both geographical and paper coordinates such that the overlay fits. This creates a view of rail and civil utility layers needed to design level crossings.
Configuration for an ETCS level crossing.
A signal frame has a reference point that is nationally defined: a lamp, typically the red lamp, or the centre of a set of lamps, or the edge of a frame nearest to train gauge. This reference point has: a spot location. an horizontal offset, e.g. 1,8 metres from the nearest rail. a vertical offset, e.g. 3,6 metres above the top of the highest rail.
Set of National Values that can be reused, e.g. at (national) borders.
A signal without a physical line-side appearance. The non-physical signal need not send information to the train driver as opposed to a physical signal.
Change-set that explicitly lists the objects that are subject to change. Can also be revealed by comparison of initial and final state.
A loop transmitting ETCS train protection information. The loop's linear location represents the length over which messages can be received.
RO-12 - Shunting route flank protection assignment
Individual relation between two cables. Describes a logical tie between cable A and B.
de-DE: Geschwindigkeitsklasse, für die die in Tv GK angegebene Geschwindigkeit gilt. Für jede Geschwindigkeitsklasse (GK) ist eine Instanz der Attributgruppe ZL_Fstr_Anstoss_GK anzulegen. Bei der Festlegung von Geschwindigkeitsklassen sind herstellerspezifische Unterschiede zu beachten.
Traction feed information for the purpose of avoiding interference.
A function allocated to a balise group such as "Call RBC, open doors, stop if in SR, national values, speed control" Typically refined in the national domain.
Marks a signal or stop marker board where a CES is issued.
Per Route, the signal aspect that cannot be derived trivially from the interlocking functionality. de-DE: Je Fahrstraße zu zeigende Signalisierung, die sich nicht eindeutig aus den Stellwerksfunktionen ergibt. Der Verweis auf targetAspect ist optional da es nur bei verkürztem Signalabstand eine Abhängigkeit zum Signalbegriff des Zielsignals gibt.
Informs the nature of the path and where it is situated.
A delta release of engineering data reveals changes by comparing the initial state with the final state. The subset of engineering data can be restricted to a given subject matter. The engineering data are separated from the organisational meta-data. de-DE: Ausgabe Fachdaten
Base class for additional route body properties.
The signal is presumed passed at danger (SPAD) when the given track circuit is unexpectedly detected occupied.
Operational classification that applies to track. In case no suitable specialisation of this class is available, instantiate a TrackType with an appropriate Annotation or Description inherited from the Configured Base Object and that describes the needed type.
applicationDirection and keepsOrientation attributes need further review and discussion about their meaning with RTMExpertGroup.
Mirror class of the homonymous RSM class that provides an elevation and inclination at a given spot location.
Crossing diamond component A or B. The diamond divides into a half A and half B.
Sub-division of the ARS control area that may be turned off to prevent ARS from requesting routes in that sub-area. NR: the ARS sub-area name is of restricted length (six letters, the first being an L, e.g. 'LSTJAMES')
Classes describing areas where local operations such as shunting take place.
Set of signals that are grouped for the purpose of prioritisation of the automatic route setting algorithms.
Two light aspects that flash in synch. The frequency and phase difference of flashing are given by national rules.
The radar reflector in a track clearance system. The designation is stored as a configuration property. NR uses the corner as designation.
For DB only one signal (via isProvidedBySignal) or one point (isProvidedByPointInPosition) can provide flank protection. In case the track diverges between requestor and provider, the request is transmitted from the diverging point.
Set of binary data files that are used for programming electronic equipment such as balises or LEU. A set of load and auxiliary files. de-DE: Programmierdateigruppe.
NR class for overhead lines carrying mast. Also known as stanchion (en-GB).
LC-11 - Switching element route assignment
To prevent a signal from closing too early. The signal is replaced only after "condition section occupied" and "last wheel" apply.
lastWheel False (default): the entry signal is replaced when the first wheel enters the next section. True: the entry signal is replaced only when the last wheel of the train has cleared the non-replacement section.
Illumination refers to signals or individual signal frames that are lit by an external light source.
de-DE: Fü-BÜ, Fernüberwachter Bahnübergang
Defines the configuration parameters needed to implement the exclusion of face-to-face movement. The system proves that sections in between opposing signals are not claimed for movement in the opposite direction. A signal that provides entry to a route can only be opened when no opposing route is set.
For speed checking configurations with a speed checking section (also known as Overspeed sensor, OSS)
A device that exchanges commands, information, power with one or a few individual field objects like signal, point, etc. Is in control of active track assets. de-DE: FEAK, mit Attribut technology= "digital".
A signal with a passive aspect, not controlled by the signalling system. A sign (or board) sends a permanent message to the driver. Its message and physical appearance (shape, colour, patterns) are normalised. Note: A sign can carry a lamp showing one single aspect, and the interlocking can only read the status of the lamp (e.g. a sign with a lamp marking the end of the track).
TS-07 - Train describer modem bus (TD modem bus)
TS-13 - TD system connection to central operating system
Information about OEM and supplier. For instance: Movares supplies an interlocking manufactured by OEM Hima. Siemens supplies axle counters from OEM Frauscher Useful if a resignalling project needs the as-built information.
A grouping of RBC and interlocking systems.
Indicates whether the signal is equipped with a lens diffuser. It can be specialised and associated with a set of diffuser types.
The electric rating required by a housing.
Unlocks the elements in the overlap. The IL may release the overlap in the following situations: When the approaching train has plausibly stopped before the exit signal. In this case, the overlap release is delayed by a given duration: the timer is triggered when the train occupies or vacates a given section. When the approaching train positively confirms to have stopped (e.g. by means of an ETCS position report). In this case, the release is immediate or with a short delay.
FP-03 - Flank protection train detection assignment
Node in a graph model. This allows mapping a node to the underlying track topology that is defined in terms of RSM.
Port between LEU and individually-controlled balise. The planned and as-built port may differ due to the planning process. Both numbers are stored.
ballastResistance Resistance of the track bed of the section (Ohm per km). Given if the train detection technology is a track circuit. Can be used when calculating the maximum length of the track circuit. de-DE: Bettungswiderstand
The start-up configuration data that the MDM provides to the controller at boot time.
Set of timers for HL3 operation. Paragraph 3.4.1 in the HL3 specification. Waiting timers are implemented in the track side to avoid unnecessary changes in the state of a VSS due to the asynchronicity of train position, train integrity and TTD information.
Features that may present confusion risk such as station lights or road lights.
groupId Used for grouping signals to facilitate communicating to the RBC. de-DE: Zuordnung zu einer Gruppe, um im Falle einer Rechnerstörung im ESTW dem RBC die gestörten Elemente einfach übertragen zu können. Siehe Ril 819.1344 4 (36). Die Angabe entfällt ggf. zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt.
LO-05 - Local operating area zone element (LOA zone element)
A casing for active electronic components and wiring. Size can vary from cupboard to shoebox size. Indoor cabinets are typically housed within a container or a building. Outdoor cabinets are mounted on a post or on the ground. As opposed to an equipment room, a person cannot enter into a cabinet. en-GB: (location) cabinet or case fr-FR: armoire électrique nl-NL: schakelkast de-DE: Schaltkasten/-schrank
A point stored in a GIS with an address. The point is typically situated at the ends of alignment segments. Used for track and line alignment. de-DE: GEO_Knoten
The change applies when a condition defined by this class applies.
A message to the train driver represented by a set of active/passive signal aspects.
The transformer typically is located inside an electrification gap where stopping is disallowed.
Level crossing system that is integrated in a technical system.
A cable needed for the correct functioning of train detection and traction current return. Bonds connect pieces of track and are designed to (dis)allow: traction return current train detection signal
Allows storing a set of activation delays.
Informs about the relation between local operation zones A and B.
Property set that applies to a level crossing system.
Package for storing hardware structures that house or support signalling equipment.
Gives the distance from a target where speed must be reduced or equal to zero. fr-FR: Renseigne la distance à une cible où la vitesse doit être réduite ou égale à zéro.
Set of properties that apply to a PZB device.
The parameters of a power output channel.
For PZB speed checking configurations with a speed checking section (also known as Overspeed sensor, OSS).
Properties that apply to a reduced speed are in the supervised ZBS-section. de-DE: Eigenschaften für Bereiche mit V-Einschränkung innerhalb des Überwachungsabschnitts.
Means of platform access. Relevant for positioning operational stops.
Parameters for activating the level crossing by detection of departure of an ETCS-supervised train. nl-NL: vertrekdetectiepunt
Area equipped with a Train Protection (TP) System. If different directional TP systems are used in an area (border area), directional area locations must be created.
A pair (section, vacancy). Expresses whether a train detection section is vacant or occupied.
Properties and design distances for advanced traffic signs. de-DE: Abstandsangaben für vorgeschalteten Lichtzeichen.
LO-02 - Local operating area operating display element (LOA operatingXXXXXXX)
Road sign properties and dimensions. Road clearance dimensions de-DE: Eigenschaften sowie Sperr- und Räumstrecken Choice: D or Df or (D1 and D2)
Informs whether the PZB magnet is active which depends on the route.
TVP section(s) proven clear to open the route entry signal. This check allows to send a second train into one signalling section.
Leve lCrossing Clearance Detection System
A system that detects the absence of obstacles in the level crossing danger area. The installation- and setup manuals can be attached or referred from this class. An acceptance certificate is implied in the supplier information (OEM product name which is part of the supplier configuration property). de-DE: Gefahrraumfreimeldeanlage en-GB: crossing clear function
Class that allows highlighting the differences between a approved data release and a revised data release. This helps V&V staff evaluate the desired corrections.
basedOnProjectStage Human-readable designation of a project stage that was the basis for this correction. This may be an external file not delivered in the present file.
correctionType The type of correction, indicating the severity of the change. This acts as a hint to the kind of attention that V&V should pay. de-DE: Änderungsmitteilung
A speed profile represents the maximum speed along a defined and delimited path through the railway network. The origin of the profile is situated at the signal plus a positive or negative offset. The profile has one or more of sections, each of given length and with given maximum speed. This approach is equivalent to the ETCS SSP.
Level transition properties including acknowledgement.
The EULYNX signal vector is defined by the SCI-LS cluster and conveys active aspect controls from the interlocking to the signal controller. It consists of 6 bytes of information (Eu.DK.254) mapped to integers.
List of fixings that can support signalling equipment.
Applies to two signals and, if applicable, all designated tracks in between these signals. When one of the two signals is opened, the other remains closed.
Facade for spot-located devices such as hot axle box detector, telecom antenna, catenary post, track lubricator.
(X,Y) coordinates of the signal frame components as assigned in the Signal Head Editor tool.
Classes that inform the alignment of track and equipment. EULYNX DP adds signalling-relevant information to the RSM model.
A stretch of track beyond EoA acting as overlap for an approaching ETCS train. The overlap has a linear location that runs from EoA over a distance D_OL.
automaticReleaseSpeedCalculation True: the release speed is calculated automatically. False: the allowed train category speed provides the release speed.
A façade to a system or device implementing Boolean logic. It can represent anything from a simple relay contact to complex relay circuitry or a PLC that converts high/low electric input signals from any source into Boolean true/false outputs. It can exchange binary i/o with the interlocking. Use this for ancillary equipment connected to the interlocking, e.g. bascule bridges, tunnel equipment, detectors (such as earthquake and flooding detectors). Also useful for reading inputs from field-activated level crossings.
Description Description of the logic. Textual description of the field elements and Boolean relations that produce the Boolean output.
The ETCS Movement Authority (MA) section. ETCS variable D_SECTIONTIMERSTOPLOC is the distance between start and stop location.
A binary data file needed to program ETCS components.
Deactivation of the level crossing means that the barriers open and/or the road user gets an all-clear. This class stores parameters relevant to the de-activation process.
Marks a spot location from where a quality like a speed, gradient or ATP control changes. A physical track side signal may be present at this location. This signal need not be positioned exactly where the quality changes.
Association class describing the conditions applying to individual signals in the POP group.
Abstract class for systems that have movable elements. Movable systems either divert, halt or derail railway traffic.
Civil engineering object known in a (external) data base, e.g. an asset management system for bridges, tunnels and other rail infrastructure.
Installation that supplies electric power to signalling subsystems and devices.
Route B conflicts with route A because a train approaching on route A may violate the gauge. fr-FR: enclenchement de convergence.
RSM Signal, enthält die Verortungsvorgaben.
Provides signal aspect degradation information that is associated with a given light signal.
isMostRestrictive True: the active aspect set is the most restrictive that the signal shows: when not controlled by the interlocking, e.g. in case of failed communication between interlocking and signal controller. during system start. False: degrade to the given set of active aspects.
Describes the sourcing of power to a power supply.
Informs at what distance the KVB balises are placed on approach to the signal. fr-FR: Renseigne à quelle distance les balises KVB sont placées à l'approche du signal.
LO-03 - Local operating area zone (LOA zone)
A set of properties that applies to a movable component.
numberOfMechanism Number of mechanisms that drive the turnout. Note that the number of drives should match the number of drive instances.
Store for properties and configuration items that were determined during design, engineering or production.
TP-09 - Intermittent train protection element assignment
Point of interest to the signalling system. Often a location that is well-identifiable, e.g. as to attract attention to a dangerpoint, e.g. to the tip of a point or gauge conflict or end of platform. Can be used for specifying dangerpoints, end of overlap or ATP protected location, a location where speed changes. fr-FR: point remarquable
A set of objects plus information about planned changes to these objects. de-DE: Ausgabe Fachdaten
This is a façade to the nodes in the communication network. Also known as communication participant.
An edge in a topological network. Used to express networks that overlay the existing track topology. This edge can map to a linear element in the track topology or to a linear location if there is no one-to-one mapping.
A combination of one master lock and a set of dependent locks. Either the master lock or all dependent locks are unlocked.
Opposing route locking for line without points. fr-FR: Enclenchement portant sur des portions de voie linéaire, généralement sans aiguilles.
betweenInterlockings fr-FR: Enclenchement entre postes ou non.
A Lineside Electronic Unit (LEU) system controls zero or more ETCS balises.
Eurobalise in an ETCS system. The model type as defined by the manufacturer can be described in the Supplier Information class. Variable N_PIG is inherited from attribute "positionInSystem".
Device where one set of n cables/wires terminates and connects to another set of m cables/wires. Number n is not necessarily equal to m.
Service function diagnostics collector that processes and channels diagnostic data. Can be a separate hardware component or virtualised software such as a OPC-UA server.
Mechanism that drives movable components: point machine, also known as drive hydraulic drive manual levers for hand points wires rods
A device that releases control over an asset by releasing a key. When the key is released, the interlocking gets no status information about the track asset, and the staff can use the key to mechanically unlock and work the asset locally. The instrument "hides" the locked element from the interlocking.
A pair (derailer element, position). The derailer element is the movable part of a derailer and no model class strictly speaking. Used for expressing concepts like: the derailer has to be in the non-derailing position.
Extremity of a partial route body as used by ZBS. de-DE: ZBS-Fahrwegteilbegrenzung
A location used in scheduling. Timing points indicate where trains are supposed to pass at a scheduled time.
Container for topology components. The user defines separate containers for rail, cabling, energy and other topologies.
Properties of a speed checking system are design speed and, optionally, train category. The results from the design process are stored for validation purposes.
Class for enriching the RSM positioned relation with configuration properties such as designation and applicable rule set.
Technical line-side installation relevant to, but not planned by signalling.
Track side devices for feeding AC signals into and receiving the same from track circuits. A feeder and receiver can share a spot location.
Classes describing objects and their state as needed to define route conditions.
Facade for linear- or area-located constructions such as over bridge, under bridge, tunnel, noise protection barrier. The construction has either a linear- or an area-location.
ETCS End Of Authority (EoA) marks the end of an ETCS Movement Authority.
Association class informing about the control relation between a controller A and a controlled track asset B. The direction of flow A<->B is inherited from the control relation.
Vehicle-worked actuator: line-side installation that senses vehicle passage and subsequently switches other equipment. This class can be instantiated in case no appropriate subtype is available or the type is unknown during design.
Line-side component of a train detection installation, typically a rail joint or axle counter head. It is located at a spot location at one TVP boundary, i.e. the spot up to where the train detection can safely detect train vacancy. The TVP section extremities must coincide exactly with these spot locations.
The spot, projected on the platform edge, where passengers tend to cluster, typically near the stairs, escalator or elevator.
Train Describer Sub-station with Gateway
A train describer substation that also acts as a gateway to the TCS bus. de-DE: Koppelunterstation (KUs)
identityOnTcsBus Identity string of the present sub-station on the TCS-bus. de-DE: KUs-Kennung auf ZBS
ipAddressOnTcsBus IP-address of the present substation on the TCS-bus to which this sub-station is a gateway. de-DE: IP-Adresse COM-Server
Part of the interlocking area that a local operator can control on site, notably for directing shunting movements. The procedure of handing over control between signaller and local operator is supported by switches, keys and indicators on a local operating device. nl-NL: Vrijgave Rangeren gebied
TD-03 - EquipmentTypeTrackCircuitInterruptor
A configuration property that typically applies to an individual object.
An area where a particular track condition applies.
Describes why the balise is there. The balise group protects or announces the level crossing, big metal mass, signal or other track asset that the train approaches. de-DE: Bezugspunkt
Outer limit of the local control area. This limit is flank protected. The limit is represented by a signal, point or derailer de-DE: Grenze der NB Zone gegenüber dem der Zone angrenzenden Bereich.
Marks the spot beyond the EoA up to where a train can advance without danger.
An authorised access point where staff can enter the railway perimeter.
The central part of the interlocking that typically runs the core route logic and interfaces with the traffic control system.
Associates a button, switch or pull cord with a given function allowing local staff to interact with a local operating zone.
A device that releases control of an asset. nl-NL: Grendel
To help track workers locate the asset on site, the local reference combines an easily identified location with a distance and direction to the asset. Not for computing the position of the asset.
A segment of a speed profile for which a constant speed applies.
Marks a spot location from where a text message to the train applies.
Track equipped to allow trains to depart and enter ETCS supervision. One instance is created per departure direction. nl-NL: Een vertrekspoor in de context van ERTMS is een spoor waarbij een Movement Authority nodig is voor een vertrek op basis van een vervolgrijweg (in dezelfde richting of voor een kerende trein). Een spoor - en daarmee ook een vertrekspoor - bestaat uit een verzameling secties en een sein dat de begrenzing van het vertrekspoor vormt.
Engineering data release including information about time frames that reveal changes to the objects contained therein.
At this spot and in the given direction, a level transition occurs. The level given by M_LEVELTR takes over. This includes Level NTC such as PZB, ATB, etc. The distance from marker to where the transition must have been executed is inherited from TpMarker.
Condition under which an ETCS telegram is sent.
Activation can depend on the route or route body. This allows delaying level crossing closure depending on the route/route body, or preventing the level crossing from closing if the route leads the train away from it.
A component of a track clearance detection system.
Installation for physically stopping trains. The track may continue beyond the device.
A line-side detector or scanner that raises an alarm when a dangerous situation arises.
Binary dataset as sent over airgap from balise to the train.
The train detector within a fouling track dictates which movable element positions must be checked and which section must be clear as a consequence (if any). Typically used in Germany. de-DE: Nicht-grenzzeichenfreie Freimeldung
ETCS properties that apply to an ETCS balise group. The specialisations state for which level(s) the balise group is used.
Abstract super class for areas of track with particular properties.
Properties that apply to a bus connection. de-DE: Zuordnung von ZLV-Bussen zur ZN Unterstation und Angabe durchzureichender Telegramme. Logisches Objekt, falls eine ZN Unterstation an mehrere ZLV-Busse angebunden wird.
Atomic dynamic information displayed by the signal.
The set of speeds that determined the configuration of the activation triggering. These speeds govern the design of the level crossing but are often not stored in the data. The calculation documents can be stored in an attachment.
A transit is a TVP section plus a direction. fr-FR: Un transit correspond à une section TVP à laquelle on affecte un sens.
LO-04 - Local operating area zone border
TS-09 - TD modem bus substation assignment
A route condition states the conditions that must be fulfilled for a given signal or route to open. If the track asset or compound logical object is in the given state then the signal in this route relation is set to proceed or to the given aspect. The routeRelation is the observer of the aspect and its state.
A party, typically a person and his/her contact data, who participates in the planning creation process. The fields can be filled as far as privacy rules allow. For instance, NR only uses initials on plans, while SCNF requires full name and initials.
Track between two signals equipped with an interlocked direction. fr-FR: Intervalle. Portion de voie entre 2 signaux munie d'un enclenchement de sens.
Used in case of IPCS or ITCS installations. fr-FR: Installations Permanentes ou Temporaires de Contresens. IPCS est un enclenchement de sens modifié. Par défaut, l'intervalle est orienté dans le sens normal (les signaux de contre-sens sont éteints, sauf celui de sortie de l'intervalle et son signal d'annonce, les crocodiles des signaux de sens contraire sont non alimentés, les annonces de PN ne fonctionnent que dans le sens normal, etc.). Pour prendre le sens normal, IPCS fonctionne quasiment comme l'enclenchement de sens sauf que l'occupation de l'intervalle n'est pas vérifiée. Pour prendre le contre-sens, IPCS fonctionne comme l'enclenchement de sens (donc l'occupation de l'intervalle est vérifiée), mais cette prise de sens à des conséquences sur la signalisation de l'intervalle. A la prise du contre-sens, l'intervalle s'oriente en contre-sens (les signaux de contre-sens s'allument, les crocodiles de sens normal sont non alimentés, les crocodiles de contre-sens sont alimentés, les annonces de PN ne fonctionnent que dans le contre-sens, etc.). Dès que l'intervalle n'est plus occupé et qu'il n'y a plus d'itinéraire vers l'intervalle en contre-sens, l'intervalle se réoriente en sens normal.
A line-side detection evaluator typically processes inputs from detectors of dangerous situations.
The machine that drives the level crossing barrier boom.
A set of actively controlled signal aspects.
Set of properties that apply to an ETCS signal.
acceptsRbcCommand True if the light signal accepts a command from the interlocking to switch on the aspect dedicated to ETCS-guided trains.
isEtcsEntry True if this signal is inside the ETCS L2 area and can be used for Level 2 Start of Mission. de-DE: Angabe, ob das Signal als Einstiegssignal innerhalb des L2-Bereichs zulässig ist (true) oder nicht (false).
Assigns an asset to a local operating zone. Optionally defines the condition for returning the zone to the signaller.
controllable Indicates whether the local operator has full control (true, default) or not (false) over the asset when the local operating zone is active. Applies only to signal, point and derailer. de-DE: freie Stellbarkeit
A component of the user interface for local operation of a level crossing, e.g. button, lever, switch.
The list of field elements plus the interlocking in a control area. Also useful for defining areas under control of a substation or controller. de-DE: Stellbereich NR: signal box ProRail: PPLG Primair Procesleidingsgebied of CSS-gebied SNCF: zone d'action d'un poste ou controleur d'objets RFI: zona, o limite, di batteria
A table of mutually conflicting routes, that is, routes that may never be simultaneously allocated, because they utilise common track elements (Iness definition). Before setting the requested route, the interlocking will check whether any conflicting routes are allocated. Specialised classes are available to store the reason of the conflict if needed.
A collection of blocks of addresses that is assigned to equipment that communicates over IP.
region The region that governs the set of IP- addresses that may be used. Not given if irrelevant. de-DE: Regionalbereich wo sich der Controller befindet.
Defines fields for traffic flow modelling.
A set of properties that applies to a movable element.
The types of power supply used by controllers and controlled track assets.
Class for enriching the RSM anchor point with configuration properties such as designation and applicable rule set. Can be used to represent kilometre-posts and chainage breaks.
A Facade class for RTM. Requirements implemented in RTM link to this class. This helps us to trace and keep track of the reasons for not creating a realization. Thus, we do not have to trace to classes embedded deeply inside the imported RTM package, a package that Eulynx does not control and upon which we do not want to depend.
isDoubleSided Direction of the alarm. True: the alarm is omnidirectional. False: the alarm is directed.
Set of properties that apply to the RBC.
Road traffic light or sign. Assembly drawings can be attached or referred to. en-GB: Road Traffic Light (RTL)
A signal with an actively controlled aspect.
Counters for controlling the flow of messages in the redundancy layer.
ndiagnosis Measurement window for diagnosis reports of the redundancy layer. Clause 6.6.3.2.
Classes describing controllers, ranging from traffic management system down to humble field object controllers.
A physical node in the cable route network where cables can enter/exit a cable route. From this hub the cable route goes to controller, controlled track asset, cable distributor or housing. This class can be instantiated if no appropriate specialised class is available, for instance at an early planning stage.
Informs about linking between subsequent balise groups.
Counters for controlling the flow of messages in the safety and retransmission layer.
Generic term for point or crossing installation. Typically a complete replaceable track assembly.
Configuration of the acoustics that accompany the display of a train number. de-DE: Akustisches Signal bei Befüllung eines ZN-Anzeigefeldes mit einer Zugnummer.
The route is locked when the approach section(s) turns from vacant to occupied. If the DelayedLock timer is not given (or zero), the lock applies immediately. The route approach lock can apply to: an entry signal: the proceed aspect of the entry signal is locked. a (set of) route(s): in this case the triggering mechanism depends on the kind of route, e.g. entry speed. a route body, in case the aspect of the entry signal or the properties of the route are irrelevant.
A signal with a physical line-side appearance.
Line-side device for detecting passage of a rail vehicle. en-GB: strike-in or strike-out detector.
The pair of switch rails of a point that are secured together by a stretcher bar. The location is given by the origin of the associated RSM Turnout.
Container for a structured data set that describes the state of signalling assets in a data release.
An ETCS marker is a spot on the track where a linear event occurs or a property changes that is relevant to ETCS signalling: Change in National Values Change of gradient Change of speed Change of track condition Start of text display An ETCS profile is an ordered sequence of markers.
Installation for block working on open line, stretching from the last controlled signal to the next station.
needsGalvanicSeparation True: EMC interference is likely such that additional protective galvanic separation is needed. False: no extra protective measures needed.
LC-10 - Level crossing system (LC system)
The telegrams of the given type shall be sent for every shunting/main route. de-DE: Für alle Fahrstraßen und diesen ZN soll das Telegramm 84/85 gesendet werden.
The projection of the danger area on a stretch of track. The full level crossing protection zone is described by one or more danger area tracks. The track can be named in the inherited Designation class. de-DE: Gleisbezogener Gefahrraum
Classes describing track hardware from the signalling perspective.
A signal-message relation is composed of two pairs master(signal,message) and dependent(signal,message). The message of the master signal dictates the message of the dependent signal.
Points has no distinct position that offers flank protection. de-DE: Zwieschutz
A mark from where Train Protection applies a (different) restriction. Use the inherited Description to annotate the ATP area demarcation (entry or exit point).
ETCS Eurobalise telegram as specified in subset-026.
The smallest mobile part of a movable element.
Bus system that carries train describer telegrams. de-DE: ZN Bussystem
Relation between the signal, e.g. protection signal, or sign, and the level crossing activation or track crossing. The signal/sign is specific to level crossing, e.g. en-GB: whistle fr-FR: siffler
A simple designated name and/or abbreviation, like "Derby" for "Derby interlocking".
Package for classes and data types pertaining to routes. This includes peripheral classes such as types of traction for which a route is valid, type of ATP associated with a route.
A signal with lamps that transmit information to the driver.
Hardware module for controlling Eurobalises.
Base class for additional route properties.
Properties that apply to a given track crossing.
Reading distance defined following national rules.
Node on the Train Describer bus. de-DE: ZN-Unterstation
Association class informing about the control relation between two controllers or between a controller and a controlled track asset. End point A and B in combination with the navigability inform about the direction of the flow.
A pair (signal, message). When instantiated, this provides a list of all possible (signal, message) pairs needed for constructing signal plans. Pairs that are not in the list are disallowed.
Organisational and subject meta-data that apply globally to planning groups within a project stage. de-DE: LST Planung Projekt
Configuration parameters of the EULYNX RaSTA redundancy layer. Table 7.3
Cable, wire or core. A cable provides the physical connection.
The status that the actor achieved at the given stage. The status reflects the actor's role in the business process; Typical states are: designed, checked, approved. The status information is like an entry in the amendment log that accompanies legacy paper plans. E.q. "quality checked on 2024/6/30 by A.M." or "data set initial creation by B.J. on 2021/9/8"
Set of predefined telegrams for tiliting train speed supervision. de-DE: Fachtelegramm für Geschwindigkeitsüberwachung Neigetechnik (GNT)
Allows to either simply state the type of the supporting fixing or explicitly instantiate the fixing.
Generic term for a line-side structure that supports signalling equipment or another fixing. For instance: - Fixing Post supports frame Sign. - Fixing Foundation supports fixing Post. - Fixing Rail supports fixing Cantilever.
A predefined set of ETCS telegrams that a balise group sends in a given context such as a signal aspect.
normal If normal=true: the given position is the normal position (the other position is the reverse position). If this attribute isn't given, then neither normal nor reverse position is defined.
preferred If preferred=true: the given position is the preferred position (the position to which the movable element returns when no longer claimed by a route). If this attribute isn't given, then there is no preferred position.
The business contact data within an organisation.
System for transmitting train protection data. Also known as Information Point.
Classes describing (intermittent) Train Protection systems.
Area under temporary possession, typically for maintenance activities.
A train detection system that detects rolling stock axles shunting the rails.
Describes the time periods to which the railway equipment and layouts will be attached. The time periods may be specified as actual dates or as sequences. Time Frames may overlap. Several Time Frames may occupy the same spot in a sequence, allowing options to be specified.
name The name of the Time Frame, e.g. the project phase.
TdsSectionTimerConfiguration is composed of several timers and delays.
A set of properties that applies to a TDS section. The class insulated rail joint informs which rail is cut for insulation.
isOverridable True when the associated section is configured to allow override. The override procedure allows the signaller to open a signal that is closed because the TDS section reports (presumably false) occupied. de-DE: Hilfsfreimeldung eingerichtet
Safety Retransmission Layer Configuration
Configuration parameters of the EULYNX RaSTA Safety/Retransmission layer, Table 23. Used for safe communication.
Informs the triggers for calling a route. de-DE: bildet den Anstosspunkt für eine Fahrstrasse der Zuglenkung. Die für diese ZL-Fahrstraße relevante(n) Geschwindigkeitsklasse(n) (GK) wird/werden zugeordnet.
Train-activated warning system that alerts line-side staff to impending danger.
WS-05 - EquipmentTypeSwitchLockIndicator
Activation of the level crossing launches the process of closing the barriers and/or warning road users. This class stores parameters relevant to the activation process.
Named physical or virtual permanent (non-transient) field element that is relevant to signalling.
OC-07 - External object controller (EOC)
TP-06 - EquipmentTypeTrack2TrainTransmitter
Requirements purporting to linear RTM entities trace to this class.
Tangible asset installed on, near or as part of the track.
Train category, such as freight, tilting, passenger, high speed. Can be expanded in national domains because ETCS category may not suffice.
Root, or entry point to the EULYNX DataPrep data exchange interface.
A local operating area consists of at least one local operating zone. The zone groups elements that can be worked locally. Zones can be disjoint, touch or even overlap. Adjacent zones can be independent, or can merge into a bigger zone to allow seamless shunting movement between them. Local control over the zones is taken in a given order, given by rank, e.g. 1-2-3. Handing back control is the inverse- operation, e.g. 3-2-1.
TP-08 - Intermittent train protection element
Generalization of fixings and housings, defined as civil structures that can support (or house) signalling equipment.
Abstract class for defining labels or complex names to designate a track asset. Alternatively, use the SimpleDesignation class. Note: Labels and national labelling rules should be defined in the national namespace.
The extremity of the block system. A track equipped with a block system has two matching block elements. de-DE: Element am Ende einer Blockstrecke/Blockanlage.
The safety distance must be specialised into an (ETCS) overlap or a distance to dangerpoint.
Pointer to (a set of) reference drawings (aka control drawings) for civil and mechanical engineering purposes. May range from a reference to paper documents to 3D CAD-files. National end-users can tailor this class to their needs. Not to be used for drawings of specific objects: instantiate an Attachment class instead.
Properties of the TPS Data transmission System
Property set that applies to the TPS data transmission system.
isSwitchable Indicates whether the system is switchable, e.g. a transparent balise group. Note: this information should concur with the "track asset is controlled by" and the "balise is switchable" attributes.
Container for topography, i.e. position and alignment components. Coordinates are typically geographic but may include paper and display coordinates.
The interlocking puts and proves assets in a given state for securing routes. The AssetAndState class is a generic pair of (asset, state). It inherits an identifier from BaseObject that other classes can refer to. This base class is abstract and must be specialised. The specialisation contains a reference to a track asset (signal, section, point, etc.) plus the given status of that asset.
Classes describing the objects that the signalling system uses to set train paths.
Informs at what distance the TP device or system is placed on approach to the signal. The signal could be a speed restriction board (NR approach).
A route as known in the interlocking plus parameters used to configure the route request.
The terminal for locally working line-side elements.
Informs that vehicles or pedestrians cross railway tracks at the same level. This class allows naming the street, road or path according to national rules (e.g. NR informs streetname nor type). The track crossing can, but need not, be protected by a level crossing system.
Informs about the communication relation between two nodes. The communication technology can be described in the inherited description property. de-DE: Physikalischer/logischer Übertragungsweg zwischen zwei Objekten für eine erforderliche Informationsübertragung. Die Angabe erfolgt, wenn der Übertragungsweg vom Betreiber beigestellt wird oder die Informationsübertragung vom Lieferanten zusätzlich zu schalten ist.
A user interface component such as a button, knob, switch, lever, indicator, lamp, buzzer or pull cord that is mounted in a local operation device and that fulfills a given function. The UI element interacts with (the state of) a signal or movable element (to request a movement).
Set of general attributes for the block line, viewed from a station.
Facade for a location that may, or not, be associated with an asset.
A set of tracks in a given area that all use the same linear positioning system. This is an operational grouping. de-DE: Strecke
capacity The number of trains per hour for which this line is designed.
The automatic route Setting (ARS) system requests ARS routes.
Device that transmits train protection information to a passing train. This class can be instantiated if the device is not (yet) planned and located in detail.
Group of one or more ETCS balises that share a balise group identifier.
Defines when the train display advances from one field to the next. Only defined when used to form a displayed number. de-DE: ZN-Fortschaltkriterien. Wird nur angelegt, wenn aus dem Fortschaltkriterium ein Druck erzeugt wird
Container for entities defined in the Rail System Model namespace. RSM subject matter is mainly topology and topography. de-DE: GEO Daten
Container for common classes and configuration items
Atomic information displayed by the signal, conveyed by means of light, shape, text, symbol, form, colour. de-DE: Signalbegriff
The lock accepts a key and locks out one or more track assets from interlocking control.
captiveKey True: the key is normally in. False: the key is normally out.
The facility that protects a track crossing.
Generic term for the information-carriers: sign, board, nameplates, lamp-frames, notice boards. It is most often part of a signal.
Overlap de-DE: Durchrutschweg (D-Weg) nl-NL: doorschietlengte
unbounded#NOTES#Description: As defined by XML Schema Datatypes specification
0#NOTES#Description: As defined by XML Schema Datatypes specification
A route body is a path with an entry and an exit. The path is a closed topological subset of the network, without any branches.
Assigns a trigger to vehicle detection. The trigger is typically a Vehicle Passage Detector. It can also be an approach zone, either all sections or only the extremity. Even if no train detection is given, a condition can still apply. fr-FR: utilisation de la zone d'approche de-DE: Schaltmittelzuordnung en-GB: strike-in or strike-out; the trigger is closely associated with vehicle detection nl-NL: koppeling tusseen treindetectie en aankondiging
functionDescription Describes the triggering action, e.g. "Activate the level crossing at km x.y". The description is subject to national rules and regulations.
Controlled track assets are the subset of track assets that are controlled by, and/or are powered by, and/or exchange information with a controller. There has to be one instance of this class for each associated track asset instance.
Meta-data informing a group of project stages. Stages are grouped to reflect common qualities such as: allocation to consulting engineering firm (e.g. stages x-y by ACME railway engineering GmbH). area discipline (aka subject matter), e.g. geo, interlocking, ETCS
Flank protection prevents rolling stock from unintentionally entering the train's route body. Flank protection is given when selected elements, notably points, prove a given state.
remote When flank protection measure is remote, the remote flank protection measure is given. de-DE: Fernschutz. Der Flankenschutz wird durch das nächste Flankenschutzelement hergestellt. (Ersatzschutzmaßnahme)
Section of track that must be proven vacant for safe train operations. Vacancy proving is accomplished either by a TDS or by procedure.
A logical section of the train detection system. The section is associated with a TVP section.
restriction#NOTES#Values: restriction | list Default: restriction Description: Defines derivation type
left|right|unknown|normal|reverse#NOTES#Description: As defined by XML Schema Datatypes specification
A pair (point element, position). The point element is the movable part of a point and no model class strictly speaking. The positions that a point can adopt are left or right. Three-way points are rare and modelled as two consecutive points.
Part of the platform facility adjacent to a track. The designation of the platform edge is for passenger information systems, typically a number plus a letter e.g. platform 6 or platform 10a/b.
Meta-data informing a single project stage. de-DE: Planung Einzel
Properties of the display for the train describer identity on the train control panel. en-GB: train describer berth. de-DE: Objekt, welches die Funktionalitäten der ZN auf der Bedienoberfläche abbildet.
Describes the housing, ranging from a control centre building to a keybox mounted on a trackside post. Can be used if the type of housing is (yet) unknown, e.g. during an early design phase. Can also be used if the type of housing does not fit any of the available subtypes. de-DE: Unterbringung fr-FR: logement nl-NL: behuizing
PD-04 - Point crossing derailer component
Yard, region or zone for administrative purposes, without further technical definitions. DB: Örtlichkeit, z.B. Hamburg Airport ("AAI"). Controller X operates Hamburg Airport and Hamburg Reeperbahn ProRail: emplacementen, gebieden, aansluitingen Dt, UT, Ams, Amf, Amfa... SBB: Betriebspunkt RFI: Area di giurisdizione SNCF: zone ou sous-zone d'action d'un poste NR: used for rail nodes. Assets are not linked to an operational locality but rather to the signal box, which maps to a control area.
An abstraction that associates the underlying movable components with the mechanism(s) that move them. The signaller selects and operates one movable element and needn't be concerned with the underlying individual components of the movable element.
A member of the hierarchy of object types that control the field elements. This controller class can be instantiated when no other appropriate sub-class is available, e.g. when a new kind of controller is introduced.
technology The technology of the controller, e.g. digital, electronic, cloud, geographical, tabular, lever, relay, mechanical, pushbutton. de-DE: Ein FEAK für ein Signal ist abzubilden als SignalController mit Attribut technology= "digital".
Classes for configuring ETCS signalling systems.
A route is a predetermined path for a traffic movement, the route body, plus a set of properties. It is associated with flank protection and overlap. A route is abstract and must be specialised, e.g. into main route, shunting route or on sight route.
An object-configuration can reflect a particular status, typically in construction phases. For instance, a signal can be disconnected so drivers disregard the signal. The signal would then own a configuration associated with an out-of-service status. This abstract class reflects an object status and the IM can specialise the object status that describes national needs.
A basline of rules and regulations that apply to the configured item at the given date. This set of rules applies to a configuration that is valid from the given date onwards. Note that no expiry date is given. de-DE: Regelwerk
For storing remarks in form of text or attached documents. For instance: according to minutes of meeting 03.12.2019. Not to be confused with description. de-DE: Bearbeitungsvermerk
A Signal is a line side element that sends a message to driver. The signal can consist of several frames each of which carries part of the message to the driver. The signal in the EULYNX DP namespace enriches the RSM information with signalling information.
Additional source of information. For instance: approval document, drawing, sketches, calculations, dérogation (Fr). This should be enriched at the national level with types according to document types such as as-built validation document, etc. Do not use as a convenience class for storing information covered by existing attributes.
Requirements purporting to spot RTM entities trace to this class.
The EULYNX base object inherits an identity from the RSM base object. This identity acts as an unique anchor that other objects can refer to.
Information about the source of the data.
Provides an identity plus a configuration.
Container for objects in the EULYNX DP signalling domain. de-DE: LST Daten
Some requirements are deemed not needed - the placeholder class collects requirements that needn't to be realised but haven't disappeared from the requirement model (yet). We trace such requirements to the placeholder class so that every requirement traces to a class (i.e. zero untraced requirements).